Gebruiksaanwijzing /service van het product 9.8(0.0) van de fabrikant Dell
Ga naar pagina of 1905
Dell Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the Z9500 Switch 9.8(0.0).
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.
Contents 1 About this Guide................................................................................................. 45 Objectives ................................................................................................................
cam-acl ............................................................................................................................................... 92 cam-acl (Configuration) ........................................................................
show debugging ................................................................................................................................ 145 show environment ......................................................................................
dot1x server-timeout ........................................................................................................................ 206 dot1x supplicant-timeout ................................................................................
show cam-acl-vlan ..................................................................................................................... 268 show cam-usage ................................................................................................
set as-path ................................................................................................................................... 319 set automatic-tag .....................................................................................
show bfd neighbors .......................................................................................................................... 356 vrrp bfd ................................................................................................
debug ip bgp notifications .......................................................................................................... 399 debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration ...............................................................................
redistribute ................................................................................................................................... 441 redistribute ospf ....................................................................................
show ip extcommunity-list ......................................................................................................... 502 show running-config extcommunity-list .............................................................................
default-metric ............................................................................................................................. 533 description ..............................................................................................
show ip bgp paths extcommunity ..............................................................................................566 show ip bgp regexp .......................................................................................................
show mac protocol-queue-mapping ..............................................................................................602 show protocol-queue-mapping .............................................................................................
dcb pfc-total-buffer-size ................................................................................................................. 643 dcb pfc-queues ............................................................................................
debug ip dhcp client packets ..................................................................................................... 706 default-router .....................................................................................................
ipv6 helper-address .....................................................................................................................735 show ip dhcp binding .........................................................................................
show fip-snooping fcf ....................................................................................................................... 772 show fip-snooping sessions ..............................................................................
ip igmp ssm-map ........................................................................................................................ 814 ip igmp static-group .........................................................................................
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) ......................................................................... 865 show interfaces .....................................................................................................................
22 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec)............................................................... 915 crypto ipsec transform-set ............................................................................................................... 915 crypto ipsec policy .
ipv4 unicast-host-route .................................................................................................................... 957 load-balance .............................................................................................
ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit ....................................................................................... 1018 ipv6 flowlabel-zero .................................................................................................
debug isis adj-packets .................................................................................................................... 1061 debug isis graceful-restart ..............................................................................
metric-style ..................................................................................................................................... 1102 multi-topology ....................................................................................
show mac-address-table aging-time ....................................................................................... 1151 show mac learning-limit ....................................................................................................
LLDP-MED Commands ................................................................................................................... 1189 advertise med guest-voice ......................................................................................
ip msdp sa-limit .............................................................................................................................. 1228 ip msdp shutdown .....................................................................................
enable inverse-mask ................................................................................................................. 1269 fast-convergence ...............................................................................................
show ip ospf neighbor ............................................................................................................... 1321 show ip ospf routes ............................................................................................
37 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM)........................................................................ 1373 IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands ............................................................................................... 1373 clear ip pim rp-mapping .
ipv6 pim spt-threshold .............................................................................................................. 1412 show ipv6 pim bsr-router .......................................................................................
show vlan private-vlan .................................................................................................................... 1451 switchport mode private-vlan .............................................................................
match mac dot1p ...................................................................................................................... 1496 match mac vlan ................................................................................................
distribute-list in ............................................................................................................................... 1539 distribute-list out ...............................................................................
hello-time ........................................................................................................................................ 1582 max-age ..........................................................................................
timeout login response ............................................................................................................. 1625 username ........................................................................................................
ip ssh rekey ............................................................................................................................... 1661 ip ssh rhostsfile .......................................................................................
show sflow linecard ........................................................................................................................ 1703 50 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog............... 1705 SNMP Commands ...............
show logging auditlog .............................................................................................................. 1748 show logging driverlog ..........................................................................................
ntp multicast client ......................................................................................................................... 1793 ntp master <stratum> ............................................................................
vlan-stack trunk .............................................................................................................................. 1832 tagged port-channel ..................................................................................
unit-id .............................................................................................................................................. 1871 vlt domain ....................................................................................
1 About this Guide This book provides information about the Dell Networking OS command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in Dell Networking OS.
Audience This book is intended for system administrators who are responsible for configuring or maintaining networks. This guide assumes that you are knowledgeable in Layer 2 and Layer 3 networking technologies. Conventions This book uses the following conventions to describe command syntax.
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
User "admin" on line vty0 ( 123.12.1.123 ) User "admin" on line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) Dell#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.
radius Interface configuration for RADIUS redirect-list Named redirect-list route Establish static routes scp SCP configuration commands source-route Process packets with source routing header options.
Key Combination Action Esc F Moves the cursor forward one word. Esc D Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the word. Navigating the CLI Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default.
find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern. The grep command option has an ignore-case suboption that makes the search case-insensitive.
1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER BGP mode. 2. Enter the command address-family 3. Enter the protocol type. • For IPv4, enter ipv4 multicast . The prompt changes to include (conf-router_bgp_af) for IPv4. CLASS-MAP Mode To create or configure a class map, use CLASS-MAP mode.
DHCP POOL Mode To create an address pool, use DHCP POOL mode. For more information, refer to Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) . To enter DHCP POOL mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to DHCP mode. 2. Enter the pool command then the pool name.
can access CONFIGURATION mode to configure interfaces, routes and protocols on the switch. While you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode, the # prompt is displayed. EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Mode To enable and configure a BGP extended community, use EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode.
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-if- nu-0)# Null Interface then zero Dell(conf-if- po-0)# Port-channel interface number Dell(conf-if- vl-0)# VLAN Interface then VLAN number (range 1–4094) Dell(conf-if- ma-0/0)# Management Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-if- tu-0)# Tunnel interface then tunnel ID.
LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on management interfaces, use LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode. To enter LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to LLDP mode. 2. Enter the management-interface command.
2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (conf- mstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. OPENFLOW INSTANCE Mode To enable and configure OpenFlow instances, use OPENFLOW INSTANCE mode.
PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, refer to GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) . To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode.
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router isis command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_isis). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode.
TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip trace-list command. Include the name of the Trace list. The prompt changes to include (conf-trace-acl).
3 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. boot system Specify the location where the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system is stored.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
CAUTION: This command deletes all files, including the startup configuration file. So, after executing this command, consider saving the running config as the startup config (use the write memory command or copy run start command). restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults.
Usage Information Restoring factory defaults deletes the existing startup configuration and all persistent settings (stacking, fan-out, and so forth). When restoring all units in a stack, all the units in the stack are placed into stand- alone mode. When restoring a single unit in a stack, that unit placed in stand-alone mode.
* Proceed with caution ! * ************************************************************** Proceed with factory settings? Confirm [yes/no]:yes -- Restore status -- Unit Nvram Config ------------------------ 0 Success Success 1 Success Success 2 Success Success 3 Not present 4 Not present 5 Not present Power-cycling the unit(s).
* persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.) * * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately. * * Proceed with caution ! * *********************************************************.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Z9500 Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Related Commands boot system — sets the location of Dell Networking OS image files. show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem.
enable password 7 94849d8482d5c3 ! username test password 7 93e1e7e2ef ! enable restricted 7 948a9d848cd5c3 ! protocol spanning-tree 0 bridge-priority 8192 rapid-root-failover enable ! interface TenGi.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
show running-config Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. Z9500 Syntax show running-config [ entity ] [configured] [status] Parameters entity (OPTIONAL) To dis.
hypervisor for the current hypervisor configuration igmp for the current IGMP configuration interface for the current interface configuration interface tunnel for all configured tunnels. For a specific tunnel, enter the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
qos-policy- input for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policy- output for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirect- list for the c.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Lines Beginning With Description Chassis Type: Chassis type (for example, E1200, E600, E600i, E300, C300, C150, S25, S50, S55, S60, S4810) Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor Route Processor 1:... Route processor 1 information and the amount of memory on that processor Route Processor 2:.
Parameters bootflash- image Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the GRUB bootloader image. bootselector- image Enter the keyword bootselector-image to upgrade the BIOS system image.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information A system message displays with status information about the bootflash upgrade. RFC 3986 specifies that IPv6 host addresses in a uniform resource identifier (URI) must be enclosed in square brackets, [X:X:X:X::X].
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Related Commands • upgrade fpga-image system fpga booted — upgrades the FPGA devices in all Z9500 CPUs. upgrade fpga-image system cpld booted Use this command to upgrade the CPLD devices in the Z9.
* automatically rebooted to reload the upgraded components. * ************************************************************ Upgrade CPLD image for system [yes/no]: yes FPGA upgrade in progress!!! Pleas.
--------------------------------------------------------------- --------- CP FPGA 0x14 0x13 *************************************************************** ******** * Warning - Upgrading FPGA is inherently risky and should * * only be attempted when necessary.
scp: file-url Enter the keyword scp: and specify the location of the image file in the format userid : password @ host-ip / filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. tftp: file-url Enter the keyword tftp: and specify the location of the image file in the format // host-ip / filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
Example Dell# upgrade system tftp://10.11.8.12/dv-rainier-13 a: 00:39:32 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 51. Received block num: 50 !00:39:36 : Discarded 1 pkts.
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information You can enter this command in the following ways: • verify md5 flash :// img-file • verify md.
4 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP).
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads.
Version Description E-Series Original Command Usage Information After entering the banner exec command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When you connect to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first.
character (%). Range: maximum of 50 lines, up to 255 characters per line Defaults No banner is configured and the CR is required when creating a banner. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
13d21h10m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands banner motd — sets a Message of the Day banner. banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Z9500 Syntax banner motd c line c Parameters c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner.
configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the EXEC banner (if configured) displays. Related Commands banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode.
l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number ipv4qos number l2qos number l2pt number ipmacacl number [vman- qos | vman- dual-qos] number ecfmacl number {openflow {4| 8}} Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted.
When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10). If you enabled BMP 3.
l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number , ipv4qos number l2qos number l2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl number [nlbclusteracl number ] [vman-qos | vman-dual-qos number ] ipv4pbr number openflo w {4|8} | fcoe number Allocate space to each CAM region.
Usage Information Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config ( write-mem or copy run start ) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks; these blocks cannot be reallocated.
Usage Information Enables periodic audits of the software and hardware copies of the IPv4 forwarding table. clear alarms Clear alarms on the system. Z9500 Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
clear line Reset a terminal line. Z9500 Syntax clear line { line-number | console 0 | vty number } Parameters line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system. The range is from 0 to 11. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port.
Parameters rp Enter the keyword rp to clear the software trace log from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose software trace log you want to clear. Defaults Clear the trace log files from all Z9500 CPUs.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Example Dell#configure Dell(conf)# debug cpu-traffic-stats Enable the collection of computer processor unit (CPU) traffic statistics.
Usage Information This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot). However, excessive traffic a CPU receives automatically triggers (turn on) the collection of CPU traffic statics.
Version Description E-Series Original command. disable Return to EXEC mode. Z9500 Syntax disable [ level ] Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1 . Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. Z9500 Syntax do command Parameters command Enter an EXEC-level command. Defaults none Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password. Z9500 Syntax enable [ level ] Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of Dell Networking OS.
at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15 . NOTE: If you are authorized for the EXEC Privilege mode by your role, you do not need to enter an enable password. Related Commands enable password — configures a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level.
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). Z9500 Syntax end Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING T.
exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. Z9500 Syntax exec-timeout minutes [ seconds ] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command. Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session.
exit Return to the lower command mode. Z9500 Syntax exit Command Modes • EXEC Privilege • CONFIGURATION • LINE, INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • PROTOCOL GVRP • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING.
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. Z9500 Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Related Commands ftp-server topdir — sets the directory to be used for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made.
Related Commands ftp-server enable — enables FTP server functions on the switch. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections. ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. Z9500 Syntax hostname name Parameters name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long.
ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp password [ encryption-type ] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [ password ] command.
Related Commands ip ftp username — sets the user name for the FTP sessions. ip ftp source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections.
Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094) 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale 7.
Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the secure shell (SSH) server on the system. ip telnet source-interface Set an interface’s IP address as the source address in outgoing packets for Telnet sessions.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
clear-line enable Enables you to clear your existing sessions. Defaults Not configured. You can use all the available sessions. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
When you try to create more than the permitted number of sessions, the following message appears, prompting you to close one of your existing sessions. Close any of your existing sessions to log in to the system. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000- ON, and Z9500. Usage Information Only the system and security administrators can configure login activity tracking and view the login activity details of other users.
Related Commands login concurrent-session — Configures the limit of concurrent sessions for all users on console and virtual terminal lines. show login statistics — Displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system.
The kernel core dump is copied to the Control Processor (CP) core-dump directory: flash://CORE_DUMP_DIR/f10_ cpu _ timestamp .kcore.gz Where cpu specifies a Z9500 CPU and is one of the following value.
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity. The address must be in the dotted decimal format. ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity.
outgoing- interface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD . sweep-min- size Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range.
Version 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF.
Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) Dell# reload Reboot the system. Z9500 Syntax reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change ] Parameters conditional nvram-cfg- change Reload if the condition is true. A configuration change to the nvram requires a switch reload.
send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Z9500 Syntax send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] Parameters * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11.
service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date. Z9500 Syntax service timestamps [debug | log] [datetime [localtime] [msec] [show-timezone] | uptime] To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug uptime in the running-configuration.
Examples Dell#show alarms -- Minor Alarms -- Alarm Type Duration --------------------------------------------------------------- ------------ No minor alarms -- Major Alarms -- Alarm Type Duration ---.
S9 93 86 100 95 105 S10 93 86 100 95 105 show asf View statistics about the Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets that are transmitted on Z9500 line cards. Z9500 Syntax show asf linecard slot-id Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a Z9500 line card.
Unicast:500, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Received 37% traffic on TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 Total packets: 300 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:300, ARP:0, other:0 Unicast:300, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Processor : RP2 --------------- No CPU traffic statistics. Dell# Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging.
Example Dell#show command-history [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption]by default from console [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption hostname Force10]by default from console - Repeated 3 times.
show command-tree Display the entire CLI command tree, and optionally, display the utilization count for each command and its options. Z9500 Syntax show command-tree [count | no] Parameters count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command.
Global configuration mode: aaa authentication enable command usage:1 WORD option usage: 1 default option usage: 0 enable option usage: 0 line option usage: 0 none option usage: 0 radius option usage: .
Usage Information CAUTION: Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so. show cpu-traffic-stats View CPU traffic statistics.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified.
Defaults Display interface statistics from all Z9500 CPUs. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
rxPkt(COS2) :0 rxPkt(COS3) :0 rxPkt(COS4) :0 rxPkt(COS5) :0 rxPkt(COS6) :0 rxPkt(COS7) :0 rxPkt(UNIT0) :0 rxPkt(UNIT1) :0 rxPkt(UNIT2) :0 rxPkt(UNIT3) :0 transmitted :0 txRequested :0 noTxDesc :0 txEr.
0.24 0.25 0xb93bd000 select_wait 54 ----RW---f 2 cfgDataS 0.00 0.00 0xb93d1000 select_wait 54 ----RW---f 2 sysCompM 0.00 0.00 0xb9470000 select_wait 54 ----RW---f 166043 statMgr 7.09 6.28 0xb94c8000 running 54 ------P--f 1579998 sflCp 37.86 43.13 0xb9560000 running 54 ------P--f 21857 snmp 0.
Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Z9500 Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.
show environment View system component status (for example, temperature or power). Z9500 Syntax show environment [fan | pem | thermal-sensors | all] Parameters fan Enter the keyword all to display status information only on the fan units. pem Enter the keyword all to display status information only on the power supplies and power usage.
Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) Power Usage (W) -------------------------------------------------------------- 0 0 down AC up 1376 0.0 0 1 up AC up 18848 666.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
2 12 Media not present or accessible 2 16 QSFP 40GBASE-SR4 7503825D0169 Yes 2 20 Media not present or accessible 2 24 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF12380010GM4 Yes 2 28 Media not present or accessible 2 32 M.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
--------------------------------------------------------------- --- --------------------------------------------------------------- --- User: secadm Last login time: Mon Feb 16 04:45:29 2015 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.
show memory View current memory usage on the system. Syntax show memory [cp | rp | linecard { slot-id | all}] Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to display memory usage on the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to display memory usage on the Route Processor CPU.
3203928064 6953130 3196974934 3196941986 3196974934 Statistics On RP Processor =========================== Total(b) Used(b) Free(b) Lowest(b) Largest(b) 3203928064 17806442 3186121622 3186088674 31861.
linecard slot-id [0–2] Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view CPU usage. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Enter linecard all to display CPU usage for all line cards. The optional line card 0-2 parameter displays tasks in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five seconds.
0x0000001a 150 15 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 mount_mfs ---------- More ---------- Dell#show processes cpu lp 2 details CPU utilization for five seconds: 10%/0%; one minute: 10%; five minutes: 10% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x00000000 976300 97630 10000 10.
0 tLogTask 0x0000012e 9060 906 10000 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 0 tUsrRoot ---------- More ---------- Example: show processes cpu rp Dell#show processes cpu rp CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 496 20 2 10000 0.
send-stats Enter the keyword send-stats to display information on IPC sender-side messages. cp Enter the keyword cp to view IPC message statistics on the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to view IPC message statistics on the Route Processor CPU.
RTT(ms) - Avg. Round Trip time for guaranteed IPC packets in millisecs NonG-S - No of non-guaranteed IPC pkts succesfully sent. This does not include those sent by SWP NonG-F - No of non-guaranteed IP.
Source-> Destination SeqNo HiWtmk(%) M-SkSize NonG-Rcvd Pri-Dr SkFull-Dr TME: 0 -> TME: 5 0 0 129024 1 0 0 TME: 5 -> LCMGR: 2 0 0 129024 1 0 0 IPC: 0 -> IPC: 5 0 0 129024 1084 0 0 IPC: 5 -.
ACL_AGENT: 2 -> TME: 5 18120 0 129024 0 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> DSAGT: 2 35450 0 129024 0 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> FRRPAGT: 2 36661 0 163840 0 0 0 IFAGT: 2 -> TME: 5 17874 0 129024 0 0 0 IFAGT: 2 -.
Defaults Display SWPQ statistics on all Z9500 CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards). Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• After retrying a defined number of times, the SWP-2-NOMORETIMEOUT timeout message is generated. • A retry (Retries) value of zero indicates that the SWP mechanism reached the maximum number of retransmissions without an acknowledgement.
0 33 33 60 60 IFMGR0 LACP0 0 23 0 0 23 23 60 60 PORTMIRR0 ACL_AGENT2 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 50 IFMGR0 IGMP0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 50 IFMGR0 IFAGT2 0 1 0 0 1 1 60 60 show processes memory View information about memory usage for processes running in the system.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information show processes memory output Field Description Total: Total system memory available MaxUsed: Total maximum memory used ever (h.
464 ipSecMgr 4587520 274432 367528 0 367528 367528 443 ssMgr 4059136 286720 0 0 0 0 434 ipm 5287936 1208320 330360 0 330360 330360 419 sysd 45555712 30474240 6584722 329480 6288190 6255242 425 sysdlp .
631 login 4816896 217088 0 0 0 0 464 ipSecMgr 4587520 274432 367528 0 367528 367528 443 ssMgr 4059136 286720 0 0 0 0 434 ipm 5287936 1208320 330360 0 330360 330360 419 sysd 45555712 30474240 6584722 3.
LP2 3203928064 384765952 8456566 3195471498 Example: show processes memory lp all Dell#show processes memory lp all Memory Statistics Of Linecard Processor On Slot 2 (bytes) ==========================.
1654292 1654292 ofagt 367522 0 367522 367522 tnlagt 165180 0 165180 165180 frrpagt 334400 0 334400 334400 Example: show processes memory rp Dell#show processes memory rp Total : 3203928064, MaxUsed : .
122 sh 802816 2301952 0 0 0 0 74 sh 708608 2297856 0 0 0 0 30 mount_mfs 13467648 2310144 0 0 0 0 25 mount_mfs 56033280 2310144 0 0 0 0 show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
ppStatus[0] = 0x00000001 ppStatus[1] = 0x00000001 Dell# show software ifm linecard 0 | save flash:// sh_sf_ifm_linecard0 Start saving show command report .
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example Dell#show system brief System MAC : 74:86:7a:ff:6f:06 Reload-Type: normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Line Card Info -- Lineca.
Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to collect information for tech support. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. rp Enter the keyword rp to collect information about the Route Processor for tech support.
[9/3 5:18:33] TME-(tme):f10TaskCreate: spawned PM svc(34) inst(5) p_cpid(11) [9/3 5:18:33] TME-(PM):f10TaskStartup: svc(34) inst(5) parentSvc(13) parentInst(5) taskIdx(4372): tskSvc(34) tskInst(5) p_c.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: 9-3(0-507) Copyright (c) 1999-2013 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
0 ok 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 1 ok 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 2 ok 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V -------------------------- show process memory on Linecard 1 ------------------ Total: 3203928064, MaxUsed: 54942.
367522 367522 tnlagt 165180 0 165180 165180 frrpagt 466192 0 466192 466192 bfdaTaskMai 202348 0 202348 202348 Dell(conf)# Related Commands • show version — displays the Dell Networking OS version. • show system — displays the current switch status.
Related Commands util-threshold cpu – Configure CPU utilization thresholds. util-threshold mem – Configure memory utilization thresholds. show util-threshold memory Display the memory utilization thresholds of Z9500 CPUs. Syntax show util—threshold memory Defaults None Command Modes EXEC PRIVILEGE Command History Version 9.
system location-led Toggle the location LED of the chassis and (optionally) the location LED of a specified Z9500 port on or off. Syntax system location-led [interface {fortyGigE | tengigabitethernet} slot / port ] {on | off} Parameters interface {fortyGigE | tengigabitether net} Specify the port type: 40-Gigabit Ethernet or 10-Gigabit Ethernet.
ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. vrf instance (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series only. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen.
traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. Z9500 Syntax traceroute { host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address } Parameters host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series.
000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell# Related Commands ping — tests the connectivity to a device. undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. Z9500 Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload. cmd-history Enter the keyword cmd-history to upload the command history from the specified CPU.
linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to configure the CPU utilization time. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. all Enter the keyword all to configure the CPU utilization time on all Z9500 CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards.
show util-threshold memory – Display the configured values of memory utilization thresholds. util-threshold memory Configure the high or low memory utilization thresholds for SNMP traps.
Example Dell(conf)# util-threshold memory cp high 75 low 67 Usage Information When the total memory utilization for a CPU exceeds the configured high/low threshold for a given time, a threshold notification is sent as a SNMP trap.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port.
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Z9500 Syntax debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface ] Parameters all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages.
To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number ] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails.
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Z9500 Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier.
Related Commands • dot1x auth-fail-vlan • dot1x reauthentication • dot1x reauth-max • show dot1x interface dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Z9500 Syntax dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} Parameters single-host Enable single-host authentication.
• Multi-supplicant mode authenticates every device attempting to connect to the network on the authenticator port. Related Commands show dot1x interface dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass.
dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command.
Parameters number Enter the number of supplicants that can be authenticated on a single port in Multi-Auth mode. The range is from 1 to 128. The default is 128 . Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes Auto Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can reauthenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Z9500 Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command.
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds.
Dell(conf)#interface tengigabitethernet 2/23 Dell(conf-if-te-2/23)#dot1x server-timeout 40 dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command.
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Z9500 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted.
Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping int g 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------- 802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Dot1 Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Added the mac-address option on the C-Series and S- Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Usage Information If you enable 802.
Mac-Auth-Bypass: Enable Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Enable Tx Period: 3 seconds Quiet Period: 60 seconds ReAuth Max: 2 Supplicant Timeout: 30 seconds Server Timeout: 30 seconds Re-Auth Interval: 3600 second.
Guest VLAN id: 100 Auth-Fail VLAN: Disable Auth-Fail VLAN id: NONE Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: NONE Mac-Auth-Bypass: Enable Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Enable Tx Period: 3 seconds Quiet Period: 60 seconds ReAut.
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the Z9500 switch. The following types of ACL, IP prefix list, and route maps are suppo.
Parameters remark- number Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule.
Related Commands show config — displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STAN.
Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit.
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id ] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id ] command.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ACL (standard or extended ACL) to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs).
show ip access-lists Display all of the IP ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed.
show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. Syntax show ip accounting {access-list access- list-name | cam_count } interface interface [vrf vrf-name ] Parameters access-list- name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed.
Usage Information show ip accounting access-lists Field Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line.
Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
permit — configures a permit filter. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. Z9500 Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard access- list-name command.
Usage Information The system supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the Z9500, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the Z9500 Configuration Guide .
order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order , the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
Step-to- Increment Enter the step to increment the sequence number. For IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs, the range is 0 to 4294967290; for MAC ACLs, the range is 0 to 65535. Defaults The sequence number of ACL entries increases in multiples of 5; for example, seq 5, seq 10, seq 15 .
Parameters prefix-list- name Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-to- Increment Enter the step to increment the sequence number.
Parameters sequence- number Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.
interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide . Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
ip-protocol- number Enter a number from 0 to 255 to deny based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.
Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide . Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. deny icmp To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide .
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name administratively- prohibited Administratively prohibited alternate-address Alternate host address conversion-error Datagram conversion error dod-host-.
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name no-room-for- option Parameter required but no room option-missing Parameter required but not present packet-too-big Fragmentation needed and DF set pa.
[fragments] [log [interval minutes ] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny tcp { source mask | any | host ip-address } { destination mask | any | host ip-address } command.
• 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp .
3 0001000000000000 1111100000000000 4096 6143 2048 4 0001100000000000 1111110000000000 6144 7167 1024 5 0001110000000000 1111111000000000 7168 7679 512 6 0001111000000000 1111111100000000 7680 7935 25.
operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) port port Enter the application layer port number.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp .
8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To #Covered 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic.
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching.
permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. Z9500 Syntax permit icmp { source mask | any | host ip-address } { destination mask | any | host ip-address } [dscp] [count [byte.
threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq , permit , or deny commands.
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only.
dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal t.
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range.
Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide . By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes.
resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. Z9500 Syntax resequence prefix-list ipv4 { prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment } Parameters prefix-list- name Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long.
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. Z9500 Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} { ip-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp.
• range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) port port (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number.
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide .
• If sequence-number is not configured, the rules with the same order value are ordered according to their configuration order. • If sequence-number is configured, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
Term heading Description heading Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000. Usage Information You can configure up to eight different ACL VLAN groups at a time on the switch.
vlanaclopt <0-2> Allocate a number of FP blocks of CAM for CAM optimization of ACL VLAN operation. Default To reset the number FP blocks allocated for ACL VLAN processes, enter the default keyword with the cam-acl-vlan command. By default, 0 FP blocks are allocated for ACL VLAN operations on the switch.
ip access-group (ACL VLAN Group) Apply an egress IP ACL to the ACL VLAN group. Syntax ip access-group access-list-name out implicit-permit Parameters access-list- name Enter the name of the egress IP ACL to be applied to member interfaces of the VLAN group (140 characters maximum).
Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000. Usage Information At a maximum, there can be only 32 VLAN members in all ACL VLAN groups.
NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated. Dell#show acl-vlan-group Group Name Egress IP Acl Vlan Members TestGroupSeventeenTwenty SpecialAccessOnlyExperts 100,200,300 CustomerNu.
Usage Information After you allocate FP blocks of CAM to ACL VLAN operation, you must reboot the switch to enable ACL VLAN optimization. The following table describes the output fields of the show cam.
show cam-usage Display the amount of memory space used and available in each CAM partition (including Layer 2 ACL, Layer 3 ACL, and IPv4Flow). Syntax show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] Parameters acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage.
Field Description Used CAM Amount of CAM space that is currently in use Available CAM Amount of CAM space that is free and remaining to be allocated for ACLs Example 1 Dell#show cam-usage Linecard|Por.
=============|============ 11 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | 0 | 1008 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 | 2 | 1022 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 1024 | 0 | 1024 Example 3 Dell#show cam-usage router.
11 | 1 | IN-L2 ACL | 7152 | 0 | 7152 | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | 1081 | 31687 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 0 | 0 | 0 show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of ACL VLAN groups. Syntax show running config acl-vlan-group group-name Parameters group-name Display the specified ACL VLAN group (140 characters maximum).
Common MAC ACL Commands The following commands are available within both MAC ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. These commands allow you to clear, display, and assign MAC ACL configurations. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs.
mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. You can apply a MAC ACL on a physical, port- channel, or VLAN interface. Z9500 Syntax mac access-group access-list-name {in [vlan vlan-range ] | out} To delete a MAC access-group, use the no mac access-group mac-list- name command.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ACL (standard or extended) to an interface. If you apply a MAC ACL on a VLAN: • None of the VLAN members can have another ACL applied which has an entry for the VLAN.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Standard MAC ACL Commands When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. These commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The Z9500 support both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs.
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
Related Commands permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets. seq — configures a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. mac access-list standard To configure a standard MAC ACL, name a new or existing MAC access control list (MAC ACL) and enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode.
The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the Z9500, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the Z9500 Configuration Guide .
of ACL logs is terminated with the seq , permit , or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. seq —configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number.
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. Extended MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit.
mac- destination- address Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac- destination- address-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to configure an extended MAC ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for control- plane policing (CoPP). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
packets 191402152148 bytes) seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 806 count bytes (74481486 packets 5031686754 bytes) seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes (7751519 packets 797843521 bytes) Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC access list.
mac- destination- address-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option.
Parameters sequence- number Enter a number as the filter sequence number. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. deny Enter the keyword deny to drop any traffic matching this filter. permit Enter the keyword permit to forward any traffic matching this filter.
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
permit — configures a filter to forward packets. IP Prefix List Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure or enable IP prefix lists, use these commands.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
ip-prefix /nn (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefix- length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. Z9500 Syntax continue [ sequence-number ] Parameters sequence- number (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
• A successful match with a continue clause, the route map executes the set clauses and then goes to the specified route map entry upon execution of the continue clause. • If the next route map entry contains a continue clause, the route map executes the continue clause if a successful match occurs.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands route-map — enables a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands set as-path — adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute. match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter.
neighbor send-community — sends COMMUNITY attribute to peer or peer group. match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit . deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequence- number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps.
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number ] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command.
show ip community-lists — displays configured IP Community access lists. set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag .
set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set comm-list community-list-name delete command.
Related Commands ip community-list — configures community access list. match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas.
Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
type-1 Enter the keyword type-1 to assign the OSPF Type 1 metric. type-2 Enter the keyword type-2 to assign the OSPF Type 2 metric. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
route-map hopper permit 10 Dell(config-route-map)# show route-map Display the current route map configurations. Z9500 Syntax show route-map [ map-name ] Parameters map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. Z9500 Syntax ip as-path access-list as-path-name Parameters as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters.
show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series. Z9500 Syntax show ip as-path-access-lists Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. Z9500 Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-list- name Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Example Dell(conf)#feature udf-acl Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example Dell(conf-udf-tcam)#key innerL3header udf-id 6 packetbase innerL3Header offset 0 length 2 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-UDF TCAM Example Dell(conf-udf-tcam)#match l2ethertype ipv4 ipprotocol 4 vlantag any Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST mode CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST mode Example Dell(config-ext-nacl)#permit ip any any udf-pkt-format ipinip udf-qualifier-value ipnip_val1 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
udf-id Assign value for each configured UDF ID in the given UDF TCAM profile. Syntax udf-id id value mask To return to the default settings, use the no udf-id 1-12 value mask command. Parameters id Enter the UDF ID range. The range is from 1 to 12. value Enter the value for the UDF in Hex, up to 24 bytes.
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION-UDF TCAM Example Dell(conf-udf-tcam)# udf-qualifier-value ipnip_val1 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500. 344 Access Control Lists (ACL).
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf- bfd-base-03.
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is active . Defaults Refer to Parameters . Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
mode do not inherit the global BFD enable/disable values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command or configured for the peer group to which a neighbor belongs. The neighbors inherit only the global timer values. You can only enable BFD for VRRP in INTERFACE command mode ( vrrp bfd all-neighbors ).
bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. Z9500 Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Refer to Parameters . Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled.
The default is Active . Defaults See Parameters Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3 . role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: • Active — The active system initiates the BFD session.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group- name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions.
neighbor bfd disable Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ip-address | peer-group-name } bfd disable Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.
Related Commands show bfd neighbors — displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for BFD for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series.
vrrp bfd Establish a BFD session with VRRP neighbors. Z9500 Syntax vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address } [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To undo yo.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths.
ipv4 vrf vrf- name Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable VRF mode. NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance corresponding to either a specific address family in a default VRF or an IPv4 address family in a non-default VRF.
Parameters ip-address mask Enter the IP address and mask of the route to be the aggregate address. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) and mask in /prefix format (/x). advertise-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertise-map then the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route.
Usage Information At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate as the aggregate flaps to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced command. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
Example Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asdot Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run | grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot Dell(c.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are then reset, the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path.
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Z9500 Syntax bgp cluster-id { ip-address | number } To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id { ip-address | number } command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID.
show ip bgp cluster-list — views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Z9500 Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command.
The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ. Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation.
The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration.
Only match commands in the configured route map are supported. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions.
Usage Information This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter.
bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Z9500 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external failover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2–byte format) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router. Z9500 Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds ] [stale-path-time seconds ] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, use the no bgp graceful-restart command.
BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Graceful-restart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. Z9500 Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command.
Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. Z9500 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor.
Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced Related Commands capture bgp-pdu neighbor — enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. NOTE: If you enter the clear ip bgp ip-address soft command, both inbound and outbound policies are reset.
Related Commands bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disables next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP. clear ip bgp dampening Clear information on route dampening and return the suppressed route to the Active state.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state.
filter-list as- path-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list then the name of a configured AS-PATH list. regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp then regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space).
Related Commands show debugging — views the enabled debugging operations. show ip bgp flap-statistics — views the BGP flap statistics. undebug all — disables all debugging operations.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
ipv6 Enter the ipv6 IP address to view the IPV6 route information. keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives. notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications. soft- reconfiguration Enter the keywords soft-reconfiguration to view only information on inbound BGP soft reconfiguration.
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command.
debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name ] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ A.
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name ] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ A.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging.
peer-group- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol Z9500 Syntax description { description } To remove the description, use the no description { description } command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum).
Parameters external- distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20 . internal- distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255.
maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes.
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/Subsequent Address Family Identifier). Z9500 Syntax neighbor [ ip-address | peer-group-name ] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ ip-address | peer-group-name ] activate command.
neighbor add-path This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to send/receive multiple path advertisements. Z9500 Syntax neighbor [ ip-address | peer-group-name ] add-path [send | receive | both] path-count Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ip-address | peer-group-name } advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor { ip-address | peer- group-name } advertisement-interval command.
neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ip-address } advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor { ip-address } advertisement-start command.
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group- name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path.
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, ACL names were up to 16 characters long. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur.
peer-group- name Enter the name of a configured peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
show ip bgp neighbors — views BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. Z9500 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command.
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. Z9500 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [ sessions ] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command.
neighbor remote-as — assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ip-address | peer-group-name } remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor { ip-address | peer- group-name } remote-as number command.
Related Commands router bgp — enters ROUTER BGP mode and configures routes in an AS. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates.
If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS-PATH, the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path. Private AS numbers are from 64512 to 65535 (2 byte). neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In the best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: In the best-path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred.
• set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. Z9500 Syntax network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network.
permit bandwidth Enables you to specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permit incoming or outgoing traffic. Syntax permit bandwidth To disable this setting, enter the no permit bandwidth command.
• match ip address • set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM. However, only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered in-active. It is possible to keep only one locally originated route in the BGP database.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal . 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted.
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system. Z9500 Syntax show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address.
ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00290104 000100b4 14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [.
Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. In BGP, this command displays the exact reason why the route is discarded.
Received from : 1.1.1.2 (3.3.3.1) Best AS_PATH : Next-Hop : 1.1.1.2, Cost : 0 Origin IGP, Metric 0, LocalPref 100, Weight 0, internal Extended Communities : DMZ-Link Bw: 2000 kbytes* Related Commands show ip bgp community — views the BGP communities.
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *>I 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.
All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE.
The following describes the show ip bgp community command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table.
*> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ipv4 { unicast | multicast } | ipv6 unicas.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The show ip bgp community-list command without any parameters lists BGP routes matching the Community List and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
Communities : 200:1 1000:1 3000:1 show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ipv4 { multicast | unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] dam.
Usage Information To determine a BGP session flap, both a route-down event and a subsequent route-up event corresponding to a single route are considered. As a result, a flap event is penalized only one time during the route-down event. The subsequent route-up event corresponding to the same route is not considered as a flap and is not penalized.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
TxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b780 : TrEvt 0 : LocPref 100 : tmpPathP 0x41a1b7b8 : LogNbrChgs 1 RecursiveNH 1 : PgCfgId 0 : KeepAlive 0 : HldTime 0 : DioHdl 0 : AggrValTmrP 0x41ee7024 UpdNetTmrP 0 : RedistTmrP 0x4.
show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ipv4 { multicast | unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] extcommunity-li.
Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. as-path-name Enter an AS-PATH access list name. The range is 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp flap command shown in the following example.
show ip bgp inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast ] inconsistent-as Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Path source: I - internal, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path * 3.0.0.0/8 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 7018 80 i * 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 7018 80 i * 63.
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP information exchanged with that neighbor.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
The Lines Beginning with: Description • keepalive interval is the number of seconds between keepalive messages to help ensure that the TCP session is still alive. Received messages This line displays the number of BGP messages received, the number of notifications (error messages), and the number of messages waiting in a queue for processing.
Example Dell#show ip bgp neighbors 172.16.0.2 BGP neighbor is 172.16.0.2, remote AS 200, external link Member of peer-group port0 for session parameters BGP remote router ID 172.
show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] next-hop Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Dell# show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Resolved 172.16.0.2 YES Dell# show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths [regexp regular-expression ] Parameters regexp regular- expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • .
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp path command shown in the following example.
show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
0x1ea3c17c 763 1 12 0x1ea3c2cc 763 1 32 0x1ea3c09c 764 1 {72 73} 0x1ea3c0d4 764 1 {82 83} 0x1ea3c224 1019 1 43 0x1ea3c294 1019 1 23 0x1ea3c02c 1021 4 Dell# show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database.
Field Description Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path. Example Dell#show ip bgp paths community Total 2 communities Refcount Community 1 NO-ADVERTISE 1 200:1 1000:1 3000:1 show ip bgp peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Number of peers in this group 1 Maximum limit on the accepted connections 256 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 172.16.0.2 Dell# Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
172.16.0.2 0 200 i *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i show ip bgp summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ipv4 { multicast | unicast }.
Usage Information In BGP, route attributes are maintained at different locations. When attributes that correspond to multiple routes change, then attribute counts that the show ip bgp summary command displays are calculated as summations of attributes corresponding to all the associated routes.
Field Description MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor. InQ Displays the number of messages from that neighbor waiting to be processed.
2 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 144 bytes of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 10 bytes of memory 2 neighbor(s) using 16384 bytes of memory Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/Pfx 172.16.0.2 200 10 8 0 0 0 00:05:34 2 192.
Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds . holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead.
Dell Networking OS Version Platform Support 7.8.1.0, MBGP for IPv4 Multicast Only S-Series 8.2.1.0, MBGP E-Series ExaScale debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends not changing the administrative distance of internal routes.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute. BGP Extended Communities provides two major advantages over Standard Communities: • The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands permit — configures to add (permit) rules. show ip extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list.
Related Commands permit regex — permits a community using a regular expression. description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax description { line } To remove the description, use the no description { line } command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Like standard communities, you can use extended communities in the route-map to match the attribute.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands deny — configures to delete (deny) rules. show ip bgp extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list.
set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [non- trans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command.
Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: • If the rt option comes before soo , with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. • If the rt option comes after soo , without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Z9500 Syntax show ip extcommunity-list [ word ] Parameters word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 6.5.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter ipv6unicast to enter the BGP for IPv6 mode (CONF-ROUTER_BGPv6_AF). address family ipv6 unicast This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI).
aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table. Z9500 Syntax aggregate-address ipv6-address prefix-length [advertise-map map-name ] [as-set] [at.
Usage Information At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. Do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate if routes within the aggregate are constantly changing as the aggregate will flap to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH.
If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, use the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers.
Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed.
Without a cluster ID, the route reflector cannot recognize route updates from the other route reflectors within the cluster. The default format for displaying the cluster-id is dotted decimal, but if you enter the cluster-id as an integer, it is displayed as an integer.
bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. Z9500 Syntax bgp dampening [ half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time ] [route-map map-name ] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [ half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time ] [route-map map-name ] command.
Usage Information If you enter bgp dampening , the default values for half-life , reuse , suppress , and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are position- dependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command.
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Z9500 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2-Byte format). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.
Parameters neighbor ip- address | peer- group-name Enter the keyword neighbor followed by one of the options listed below: • ip-address of the neighbor in IP address format of the neighbor.
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show config – views the current configuration.
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. Z9500 Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. bgp soft-reconfig-backup To avoid the peer from resending messages, use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated.
Related Commands clear ip bgp — activates inbound policies without resetting the BGP TCP session. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced Related Commands • clear ip bgp – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients.
soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. NOTE: If you enter clear ip bgp ip6-address soft , both inbound and outbound policies are reset. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp as-number Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 dampening Clear information on route dampening and return suppressed route to active state.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list as- path-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list. regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions.
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions. Z9500 Syntax clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast * ipv6-address prefix-length [dampening | flap-statistics] peer-group] Parameters * Enter the character * to clear all peers. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [ ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name ] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name ] keepalives [in | out] command.
debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on IPv6 routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes.
updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6- address prefix-length updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP.
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. Z9500 Syntax description { description } To remove the description, use the no description { description } command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum).
Defaults • external-distance = 20 • internal-distance = 200 • local-distance = 200 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related Commands show ipv6 prefix-list — View the selected IPv6 prefix-list. maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports.
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ipv6-address | peer-group-name } activate To disable, use the no neighbor { ipv6-address | peer-group-name } activate command.
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group- name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support – enables 4-Byte support for the BGP process. neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor.
neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group). Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ipv6-address | peer-group-name } description text To delete a description, use the no neighbor { ipv6-address | peer-group- name } description text command.
peer-group- name Enter the name of the peer group. prefix-list- name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If you do not configure the prefix list, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install default routes of the multihop peer.
Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors – displays information on the BGP neighbors. neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute.
To return to the default values, use the no neighbor { ipv6-address | peer- group-name } maximum-prefix maximum [ threshold ] [warning-only] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ipv6-address | peer-group-name } next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor { ipv6-address | peer- group-name } next-hop-self command.
peer-group peer-group- name Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name of a configured peer group. The maximum is 16 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-group- name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information After you configure a peer group as passive, you must assign it a subnet using the neighbor subnet command. Related Commands neighbor subnet – assigns a subnet to a dynamically-configured BGP neighbor.
Related Commands router bgp – Enter ROUTER BGP mode and configure routes in an AS. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates.
neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ipv6-address | peer-group-name } route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor { ipv6-address | peer- group-name } route-map map-name {in | out} command.
neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a neighbor as a member of a route reflector cluster. Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ipv6-address | peer-group-name } route-reflector- client To indicate that the nei.
To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor { ipv6- address | peer-group-name } send-community command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor.
neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ipv6-address | peer-group-name } shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor { ipv6- address | peer-group-name } shutdown command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor { ipv6-address | peer-group-name } timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor { ipv6-address | peer- group-name } timers command.
• whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value is the new keepalive value. neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions.
To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor { ipv6-address | peer- group-name } weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group- name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group.
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The TCP session is authentication and hence prevents the data from being compromised. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The software resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable via non-BGP routes and non-default routes.
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name ] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name ] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces.
Related Commands neighbor default-originate – injects the default route. redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name ] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command.
Usage Information When you enter the redistribute ospf process-id command without any other parameters, the software redistributes all OSPF internal routes, external type 1 routes, and external type 2 routes. router bgp Enter ROUTER BGP mode to configure and enable BGP.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced Related Commands • capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. • clear ip bgp – specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration.
show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp next-hop [local-routes] Parameters local-routes (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes.
• ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL +v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database.
NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.
Related Commands ipv6 prefix-list — configures an IPv6 prefix-list. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast View the current BGP routing table. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast [ network [ network-mask ] [lon.
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists.
• * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ ipv6-address prefix-length | ip-address ] [advertise.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [ peer-group-name [summary]] Parameters peer-group- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
timers bgp Allows you to adjust the BGP network timers for all neighbors. Z9500 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtimer To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter the time interval in seconds between which the software sends keepalive messages.
show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 mbgproutes ipv6-address prefix-length | summary Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command.
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
cam-acl-egress Allocate CAM for egress ACLs. Z9500 Syntax cam-acl-egress default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number } Parameters default Reset egress CAM ACL entries to default settings. l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number Allocate space to each CAM region.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 nlbclusteracl: 2 -- linecard 2 -- Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
| 1 | Allowed (408) 1 | 0 | IPv4Flow | 408 | 1 | Allowed (408) 1 | 1 | IPv4Flow | 408 | 1 | Allowed (408) 1 | 2 | IPv4Flow | 408 | 1 | Allowed (408) 1 | 3 | IPv4Flow | 408 | 1 | Allowed (408) 2 | 0 | .
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information There are three line cards (0-2) with fixed ports on the Z9500. Line card 0 uses three sets of ports (port pipes): 0 to 2; line cards 1 and 2 use four sets of ports: 0 to 3.
• Queues 8 to 15 process packets destined to the Route Processor CPU. • Queues 16 to 23 process packets destined to the line card CPU. Defaults Clear per-queue rate-limiting counters for all control-plane and port traffic. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues cpu-qos Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits traffic on control-plane queues.
Related Commands qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. service-policy rate-limit-protocols cpu-qos Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits protocol traffic on the control plane.
Related Commands ip access-list extended cpu-qos — creates an extended IP ACL for CoPP. mac access-list extended cpu-qos — creates an extended MAC ACL for CoPP. class-map cpu-qos — creates a QoS class map for CoPP. qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP.
applied. TxBytes displays the number of bytes transmitted to a control-plane CPU after protocol-based rate limiting is applied. Drops displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic that have been dropped as a result of protocol-based rate limiting.
PIM 0 0 0 NTP 0 0 0 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 0 0 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 0 0 DHCP RELAY/DHCP 0 0 0 v6 ICMP NA/v6 ICMP RA 0 0 0 v6 ICMP NS/v6 ICMP RS 0 0 0 v6 ICMP/ICMP 0 0 0 MLD 0 0 0 MSDP 0 0 0 FTP/TEL.
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to display counters for rate-limited traffic on all CPU queues, including Route Processor, Control Processor, and line-card CPUs. queue-id queue-number Enter the queue number to display counters for rate-limited traffic on a specified CPU queue.
Q0 5000 5000 0 Dell# show cpu-queue rate Display the rates for each control-plane queue. Z9500 Syntax show cpu-queue rate [all | queue-id queue-number | range from_queue to_queue ] Parameters all Display the rate for all control-plane queues (CPU queues 0– 23).
Q15 12450 4000 Q16 1 100 Q17 1 100 Q18 1 100 Q19 1 100 Q20 600 1000 Q21 7000 7000 Q22 800 1000 Q23 5000 5000 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Usage Information The show output displays information CPU traffic flows for supported IPv6 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps).
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the Z9500 CPU queue mapping for MAC protocols. Z9500 Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured.
show protocol-queue-mapping Display the Z9500 protocol-queue mapping for each configured protocol. Z9500 Syntax show protocol-queue-mapping [queue-id queue-number ] Parameters queue-id queue-number (Optional) Display the protocol-queue mapping for a specified control-plane queue.
GVRP Q14 RP 200 200 1000 1000 FRRP Q22 LP 300 300 1000 1000 ECFM Q15 RP 150 150 1000 1000 ISIS Q15 RP 500 500 3000 3000 L2PT Q15 RP 150 150 1000 1000 v6 BGP Q15 RP 2500 2500 2000 2000 v6 OSPF Q15 RP 2.
400 2000 2000 VLT CTRL Q12 RP 2000 2000 3000 3000 VLT IPM PDU Q4/Q12 CP/RP 500 500 3000 3000 VLT TTL1 Q0 CP 100 100 500 500 HYPERPULL Q22 LP 500 500 1000 1000 OPENFLOW Q14 RP 300 300 1000 1000 FEFD Q7.
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces.
Usage Information If you do not use the statistics parameter, both hardware and DCBx counters clear. clear pfc counters sfm backplane all Clear the PFC counters on sfm and backplane ports.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information • When you configure lossless queues on an interface, PFC priority configuration is not allowed on the dcb-input profile applied on the interface.
Usage Information Specify a linecard number on the Master switch in a stack. NOTE: show dcb command without options displays DCB buffer details for all linecards, SFMs, and for all port-pipes.
Field Description Admin mode is on Admin is enabled PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities. When the PFC admin mode is on, PFC advertisements are enabled to be sent and received from peers; received PFC configuration take effect.
Field Description Application Priority TLV: Remote FCOE Priority Map Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: Remote ISCSI Priority Map Status of iSCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled.
Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------- FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x1.
ETS Commands dcb-enable Enable data center bridging. Syntax dcb enable[ pfc-queues 1|4 ] To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Parameters pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 to 4.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
------------------- 0 0,1,2,4,5,6,7 50 400 100 4000 400 ETS 1 3 50 - - - - ETS 2 - - - - - - 3 - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - 5 - - - - - - 6 - - - - - - 7 - - - - - - Remote Parameters : -----------------.
DCBX Commands advertise dcbx-tlv On a DCBX port with a manual role, configure the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised to DCBX peers. Syntax advertise dcbx-tlv {ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc} [ets-conf | ets- reco | pfc] [ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc] To remove the advertised ETS TLVs, use the no advertise dcbx-tlv command.
dcbx port-role Configure the DCBX port role the interface uses to exchange DCB information. Syntax dcbx port-role {config-source | auto-downstream | auto-upstream | manual} To remove DCBX port role, use the no dcbx port-role {config-source | auto-downstream | auto-upstream | manual} command.
dcbx version Configure the DCBX version used on the interface. Syntax dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} To remove the DCBX version, use the dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.
Parameters {all | auto- detect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: • all : enables all DCBX debugging operations. • auto-detect-timer : enables traces for DCBX auto- detect timers. • config-exchng : enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information To clear DCBX frame counters, use the clear dcbx counters interface stack-unit/port command. The following describes the show interface dcbx detail command shown in the following example.
Field Description Acknowledgment Number Local DCBX Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or IN- SYNC. Peer DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs received from the peer device.
Local DCBX Compatibility mode is CEE Local DCBX Configured mode is CEE Peer Operating version is CEE Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted: ErPfi Local DCBX Status ----------------- DCBX Operational Version is .
Use the dcb-map command to create a DCB map to specify PFC and ETS settings and apply it on Ethernet ports. After you apply a DCB map to an interface, the PFC and ETS settings in the map are applied when the Ethernet port is enabled. DCBx is enabled on Ethernet ports by default.
priority-pgid Assign 802.1p priority traffic to a priority group in a DCB map. Syntax priority-pgid dot1p0_group-num dot1p1_group-num dot1p2_group- num dot1p3_group-num dot1p4_group-num dot1p5_group-num dot1p6_group-num dot1p7_group-num Parameters dot1p0_group- num Enter the priority group number for each 802.
• Priority group 1 contains traffic with dot1p priority 3. • Priority group 2 contains traffic with dot1p priority 4. • Priority group 4 contains traffic with dot1p priority 5, 6, and 7. To remove a priority-pgid configuration from a DCB map, enter the no priority-pgid command.
Usage Information Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information The dcb-map linecard all backplane all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to backplane dcb-policy buffer-threshold sfm all port-set all backplane all Assign the DCB policy to all sfm and backplane ports interfaces.
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size.
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size sfm all Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets on all sfm ports in kilobytes. Syntax dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size <value> sfm all Parameters KB Enter a number in the range from 0 to 11210. Defaults The default is 3328KB for Z9500 platform.
Usage Information When you enter the profile name, you enter the DCB buffer threshold configuration mode. You can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information For each priority, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets.
Example Example of show linecard 0 port-set 0 backplane all pfc buffer- threshold output Dell#show linecard 0 port-set 0 backplane all pfc buffer- threshold linecard 0 port-set 0 backplane all Queue# .
0 0 4 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 Example of show linecard 2 port-set 0 backplane all ets details output Dell#show linecard 2 port-set 0 backplane all ets details linecard 2 port-set 0 backplane all.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information NOTE: Please note that the existing "dcb pfc-shared-total-size / pfc-shared- buffer-size <value>" without any options is still applicable for z9500. When executed, it configures the value to both backplane and sfm units.
3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 Example of show sfm 0 backplane all ets details output Dell#sh sfm 0 backplane all ets details sfm 0 backplane all Max Supported PG is 4 Number of Traffic Class.
queue 0 to queue 7 Specify the queue number to which the QoS policy buffer parameters apply pause Pause frames to be sent at the specified buffer limit levels and pause packet settings no-drop The pac.
You can use set up both the administrative and peer-related PFC priorities. For example, you can configure the intended buffer configuration for all 8 priorities.
Example dcb-policy buffer-threshold linecard all portset all backplane all test dcb-policy buffer-threshold linecard all backplane all Assign the DCB buffer configuration on the backplane ports. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold setting.
Parameters name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
Usage Information The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show running- config dcb-buffer-threshold command: Field Description Profile name Name of the DCB buffer threshold p.
- - - Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 0/20 pfc buffer- threshold The following table describe.
configured PFC buffer size, the system determines whether this reduction in size is valid without disrupting the existing configuration. In such a scenario, you must disable and re-enable DCB.
Example Dell(conf)#dcb pfc-queues 4 dcb <ets | pfc> enable Enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. Syntax dcb <ets | pfc> enablepfc >enable • To disable ETS on interface, use “ no dcb ets enable ” command.
12 Debugging and Diagnostics The debugging and diagnostics commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Diagnostics and Monitoring Comma.
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Restructured the command to accommodate core dumps for CP. Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Application coredump naming convention enhanced to include application. Version 6.
Defaults Crash kernel files are uploaded to flash by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Added information about ftp password and URL to Usage Information .
the line-card processor (LP) and 0 for the Control processor (CP) and Route Processor (RP). To display the system results in this text file, use the show file command. Important Points to Remember • Offline diagnostics can only be run when the unit is offline.
level2 Enter the keyword level2 to run Level 2 diagnostics. Level 2 diagnostics are a full set of diagnostic tests with no support for automatic partitioning. Level 2 diagnostics are used primarily for on-board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics.
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Related Commands offline stack-unit — bring a switch offline to run diagnostic tests. online stack-unit — reload the system after running offline diagnostic tests.
Related Commands diag — run diagnostic tests on an offline switch. online stack-unit — reload the system after running offline diagnostic tests. online system Reload a switch after running offline diagnostic tests. Z9500 Syntax online system Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
cp unit-id Enter the cp unit-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic tests run on the Control Processor CPU. The Control Processor CPU ID is 0. rp unit-id Enter the rp unit-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic test srun on the Route Processor CPU.
Example: After offline diagnostics are run on a line card Dell# show diag linecard 0 summary Diag status of linecard member 0: --------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- linecard is currently offline. linecard level0 diag issued at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:39:58 AM.
----------- DELL DIAGNOSTIC [0] PPID -- NA PPID Rev -- NA Service Tag -- NA Part Number -- NA Part Number Revision -- NA SW Version -- 9-2(1-509) Available free memory: 2,635,960,320 bytes LEVEL 0 DIAGNOSTIC eepromTest ................................
Starting test: portcardBoardRevisionTest ...... + Access Test for BCM unit 0 : PASSED + Access Test for BCM unit 1 : PASSED + Access Test for BCM unit 2 : PASSED portcardBoardRevisionTest ................................... PASS Starting test: qsfpOpticsTest .
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Offline). Linecard slot 1: No card diags executed yet (Card Offline). Linecard slot 2: No card diags executed yet (Card Offline). Linecard slot 3: No card diags executed yet (Card Offline).
level1 Enter the keyword Level1 to display only the Level 1 diagnostic tests. Level 1 diagnostics is a smaller set of diagnostic tests with support for automatic partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values.
NO NO NO portcardBoardRevisionTest: ALL RUN YES NO NO NO NO portcardHiGigLinkStatusTest: ALL RUN NO YES NO NO NO portcardIxiaTrafficCmd: ALL RUN NO NO NO NO YES portcardPortStats: ALL RUN NO NO NO NO .
buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. Z9500 Syntax buffer-profile {fp | csf] profile-name {global {1Q | | 4q} Parameters fp Enter the keyword fp to create a buffer profile for the Field Processor. csf Enter the keyword csf to create a buffer profile for the Switch Fabric Processor.
If the default buffer-profile is active, Dell Networking OS displays an error message instructing you to remove the default configuration using the no buffer- profile global command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series. clear hardware Clear statistics from a specified hardware component.
• cpu sata-interface statistics : Clears sata- interface error counter statistics. unit unit-num Enter the unit unit-num parameters with a command option to clear hardware statistics for a specified NPU. The range of NPU numbers is 0 to 3. The command options are: • counters : Clears the packets counters.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Related Commands show hardware — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
clear hardware vlan-counters Clear VLAN statistics. Syntax clear hardware vlan-couters vlan-id Parameters vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Example Dell# show control-traffic counters Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
sfm sfm-unit-num {buffer {total-buffer | unit unit-num {port | total-buffer}} | counters | details| drops | port-stats | register | table-dump}} Parameters cp Enter the keywords cp with a command option to display hardware statistics from the Control Processor.
output counters to which the stacking module is connected. • cpu i2c statistics : Displays active i2c-address statistics. • cpu management statistics : Displays management port counters for a specified line card. • cpu sata-interface statistics : Displays sata- interface error counter statistics.
• cpu management statistics : Displays management port counters. • cpu sata-interface statistics : Displays sata- interface error counter statistics. sfm sfm-unit- num Enter the keyword sfm with an Switch Fabric Module (SFM) unit number and a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified SFM on the Z9500.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Modified the stack-port keyword range expanded from 49-52 to 0-52; output modified for the cpu data-plane statistics option; the following options were added: drops [unit 0-1 [port 0-27]] and unit 0-1 {counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register} 7.
Example (Party-Bus Port: Statistics) Dell#show hardware party-bus port 0 statistics Party Bus Transmit Counters for port 0: Tx Octets = 231162055 Tx Drop Packets = 0 tx_q0_pkts = 303459 tx_q1_pkts = 0.
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 4 5 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 0 0 0 0 0 12 13 3258 0 0 0 0 16 17 0 0 0 0 0 17 18 0 0 0 0 0 18 19 0 0 0 0 0 19 20 0 0 0 0 0 20 21 0 0 0 0 0 21 22 0 0 0 0 0 22 23 0 0 0 0 0 23 24 0 0 0 0 0 24 25 0 0 0.
Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) Dell#show hardware linecard 2 unit 0 port-stats ena/ speed/ link auto STP lrn inter max loop port link duplex scan neg? state pause discrd ops face frame back xe0 !.
hg10 up 42G FD SW No Forward None F XGMII 16360 hg11 up 42G FD SW No Forward None F XGMII 16360 Example (Linecard Unit: Register) Dell#show hardware linecard 2 unit 0 register 0x77120000 ARB_RAM_DBGCTRL.ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x04000134 ASF_PORT_CFG.cpu0 = 0x00000000 0x04000107 ASF_PORT_CFG.
0x56002008 BUF_CFG(8).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x56002009 BUF_CFG(9).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200a BUF_CFG(10).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200b BUF_CFG(11).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200c BUF_CFG(12).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200d BUF_CFG(13).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200e BUF_CFG(14).
0x1e003007 CFAPBANKSTATUS(7).mmu0 = 0x00000026 0x1e003008 CFAPBANKSTATUS(8).mmu0 = 0x00000027 !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (Linecard Unit: Counters) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 unit 1 counters RUC.cpu0 : 528,687 +528,687 ING_NIV_RX_FRAMES.
Front End Link Status 0x00080800 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Presence 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Backplane Link Status .
The tm-tp for Index 9 is : -1 | -1 The tm-tp for Index 10 is : -1 | -1 The tm-tp for Index 11 is : -1 | -1 ************************************************* ModPort Table for Device - 0 For Destinatio.
Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Interface: 141 Used Packet Buffer for the Interface: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Fo 1/2 ----- Maximum Shared Limit for the Interface: 39856 Default Packet.
Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp - 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State - 0xf4.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
RX - PFC Frame Priority 4 0 RX - PFC Frame Priority 5 0 RX - PFC Frame Priority 6 0 RX - PFC Frame Priority 7 0 RX - Debug Counter 0 0 RX - Debug Counter 1 0 RX - Debug Counter 2 0 <output truncated for brevity> show hardware buffer interface Display buffer statistics for a specific interface.
Example displaying priority-group range Dell#show hardware buffer interface tengigabitethernet 1/1 priority-group 0 buffer-info ----- Buffer stats for unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Te 1/1) ----- --------.
Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/1 Queue 11 ----- Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 <output truncated for brevity> show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot Displays buffer statistics tracking resource information for a specific interface.
Example displaying egress queue- level snapshot for both unicast and multicast packets for the specific interface Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue all U.
Example displaying egress queue- level snapshot for multicast packets for the specific interface Dell#show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue mcast 3 Unit 1 unit: 0 .
show hardware ipv6 Display information about IPv6 ACLs used on a Z9500 line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax show hardware ipv6 {eg-acl | in-acl} linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe Parameters eg-acl | in-acl Enter either the keyword eg-acl or the keyword in-acl to display ingress or egress ACL data.
DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0),.
linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. port-set number Enter the keywords port-set number parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-set numbers is from 0 to 3.
policer= statistics={stat id 63 slice = 3 idx=0 entries=1} {Packets} EID 0x000010cc: gid=0x10, slice=3, slice_idx=0x2, part =0 prio=0x10cc, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, DstMa.
Version Description 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example Dell#show hardware layer3 eg-acl linecard 0 port-set 0 EID 0x000011b9.
MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 111 slice = 2 idx=4 entr.
Example Dell#show hardware system-flow layer2 cp-switch ############## FP Entry for STP ################ EID 0x00000000: gid=0x1, slice=0, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0x100, flags=0x10602, Installed, En.
_bcmFieldQualifyData Offset: 61 Width: 128 DATA=0x00000080 00000000 00000000 00000000 MASK=0x00003fc0 00000000 00000000 00000000 slice=0, slice_idx=0x101, part =1 prio=0xff, flags=0x10302, Installed, .
MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ff c0003ffc InPorts DATA=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003c0 00003f80 MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ff c0003ffc Stage --More-- show hardware vlan-counters Display the hardware VLAN statistics.
show hardware drops Displays internal drops on the specified interface or for a range of interface. Syntax show hardware drops interface interface Parameters interface Enter any of the following keywo.
Example displaying internal drops for the specific interface Dell#show hardware drops interface tengigabitethernet 2/1 Drops in Interface Te 2/1: --- Ingress Drops --- Ingress Drops : 0 IBP CBP Full D.
tcpdump Enable a TCP dump for CPU-bound traffic on the Control and Router Processors.. Z9500 Syntax tcpdump {cp | rp} [capture-duration time | filter expression | max-file-count value | packet-count value | snap-length value | write-to path ] To disable the TCP dump, use the no tcpdump command.
Defaults TCP dumps are disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE . conflicts Enter the keyword conflicts to delete all of the log entries created for IP address conflicts. server statistics Enter the keywords server statistics to clear all counter information on the DHCP server.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE . Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
debug ip dhcp client packets Activate the debugging and display of log messages for DHCP packets sent and received on DHCP client interfaces. Z9500 Syntax debug ip dhcp client packets [interface type .
Last logging buffer cleared: Jan 7 01:41:17 Jan 7 01:42:34: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: DHCP RELEASE sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPACK packet in InterfaceFo 2/0 with Lease-IP:100.
disable Disable the DHCP server. Z9500 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Parameters address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool. low-address Enter the lowest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool. high-address Enter the highest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters remote-id hostname Set the hostname as the remote ID in Option 82. remote-id remote-id Enter the name to be used as the remote ID in Option 82; maximum: 64 characters. remote-id mac Use the chassis MAC address as the remote ID in Option 82.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid . Z9500 Syntax netbios-node-type type Parameters type Enter the NETBIOS node type: • Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node .
Defaults none Command Modes DHCP <POOL> Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show ip dhcp client statistics Display statistical information about DHCP client interfaces. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp client statistics [interface type slot / port ] Parameters interface typeslot/port Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP client information for a specified interface.
show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name ] Parameters pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp conflict address Parameters address Display a particular conflict log entry.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Related Commands clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table. show ip dhcp server statistics Display statistical information about a DHCP server. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
Configure Secure DHCP and DHCP Relay DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks, including using the switch as a DHCP relay agent.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Clear all the DHCPv6 snooping binding database entries. Syntax clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 3 interfaces. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP snooping, the binding table deletes and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled.
ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip then the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet .
ipv6 ipv6-address interface interface-type | interface-number lease value command. Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IPv6 address. vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs.
Parameters minutes The range is from 5 to 21600. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Z9500 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name Parameters name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping.
Parameters vlan-id Enter the name of a VLAN id or list of the VLANs to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide .
Usage Information Allocate at least one FP block to ipmacacl before you can enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. 1. Use the cam-acl l2acl command from CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Save the running-config to the startup-config. 3. Reload the system. ipv6 helper-address Configures the ipv6 DHCP helper addresses without VRF.
show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Invalid File : 0 Invalid Binding Entry : 0 Binding Entry lease expired : 0 Dell# 738 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters ecmp crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | crc- upper | dest-ip | lsb | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 Enter the keyword ecmp then one of the following options: • crc16 : Use CRC16_B.
lag { crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 } Enter the keyword lag then one of the following options: • crc16 : Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomi.
Version Description 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option. 6.5.1.0 Added the line card option on TeraScale only. 6.3.1.0 Added support for ECMP and LAG on TeraScale only. Usage Information To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method.
hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. Z9500 Term heading Description heading Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command.
Term heading Description heading The different hash algorithms are based on the number of ECMP group members and packet values. The default hash algorithm yields the most balanced results in various test scenarios, but if the default algorithm does not provide satisfactory distribution of traffic, use this command to designate another algorithm.
Defaults crc16 algorithm Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. hash-algorithm seed Select the seed value for the ECMP, LAG, and NH hashing algorithm. Z9500 Syntax hash-algorithm seed value [linecard slot ] [port-set number ] Parameters seed value Enter the keyword seed then the seed value.
NOTE: While the seed is stored separately on each port-pipe, the same seed is used across all CAMs. You cannot separate LAG and ECMP but you can use different algorithms across the chassis with the same seed.
link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold Provides a mechanism to set the threshold to trigger when traffic distribution begins being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. Z9500 Syntax link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold [ percent ] To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface.
15 Flex Hash This chapter describes the Flex Hash enhancements. load-balance ingress-port enable Enable the Flex hash feature. Z9500 Syntax load-balance ingress-port enable To disable the Flex hash capability, use the no version of this command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version 9.
load-balance flexhash Configure Flex hash operation, such as whether IPv4 or IPv6 packets are processed by the Flex hash functionality, a unique protocol number, the offset of hash fields from the start of the L4 header to be used for hash calculation, and a meaningful description to associate the protocol number with the name.
Version 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) seg.
Usage Information You can configure the optimal switchover functionality for LACP even if you do not enable the fast boot mode on the system. You must configure the long timeout mechanism for the LACP session to enable the fast boot capability to operate properly.
subinterface . If a Layer 3 interface is configured without the encapsulation 802.1Q VLAN ID or is an untagged interface in a VLAN , the dot1Q value is not preserved .
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Z9500 Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. Z9500 Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell #show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. Password Authentication : enabled.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. -c encryption cipher Enter the following encryption cipher to use. (For v2 clients only.) Without the FIPS mode enabled: • 3des-cbc : Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher.
Defaults As indicated above. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
<cr> Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? aes128-cbc Force ssh to use aes128-cbc encryption cipher aes256-cbc Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher Dell #ssh 10.
17 FIP Snooping To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the Z9500platform.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface.
debug fip snooping Enable debugging on FIP snooping. Z9500 Syntax debug fip-snooping [all | acl | error | ifm | info | ipc | tx] Parameters all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. acl Enter the keyword acl for ACL-specific debugging.
Parameters packet-type Enter the keyword packet-type and then the option type on which to enable debugging. The options are: • all — Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. • discovery — Enter the keyword discovery to enable debugging on FCF advertisements and ENode solicitation.
feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. Z9500 Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. Z9500 Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port- mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. Z9500 Syntax show fip-snooping enode [ enode-mac-address ] Parameters enode-mac- address Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display.
show fip-snooping fcf Display information on the FCFs in FIP-snooped sessions, including the FCF interface and MAC address, FCF interface, VLAN ID, FC-MAP value, FKA advertisement period, and number of ENodes connected. Z9500 Syntax show fip-snooping fcf [ fcf-mac-address ] Parameters fcf-mac- address Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display.
------- ------------- ---- ------ -------------- ------------- 54:7f:ee:37:34:40 Po 22 100 0e:fc:00 4000 2 show fip-snooping sessions Display information on FIP-snooped sessions on all VLANs or a spec.
Field Description VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FCoE MAC MAC address of the FCoE session the FCF assigns. FC-ID Fibre Channel ID the FCF assigns.
port-type port/ slot Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics displays. port-channel- number Enter the port channel number of the FIP packet statistics displays. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP-snoop multicast discovery advertisements received on the interface. Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery advertisements received on the interface.
Number of FDISC Accepts :16 Number of FDISC Rejects :0 Number of FLOGO Accepts :0 Number of FLOGO Rejects :0 Number of CVL :0 Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 .
show fip-snooping system Display information on the status of FIP snooping on the switch (enabled or disabled), including the number of FCoE VLANs, FCFs, ENodes, and currently active sessions. Z9500 Syntax show fip-snooping system Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.
18 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Networking OS. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP).
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To disable debugging, use the no debug frrp {event | packet | detail} { ring-id } [countnumber] command. Parameters event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets.
description Enter an identifying description of the ring. Syntax description Word To remove the ring description, use the no description [ Word ] command. Parameters Word Enter a description of the ring. Maximum: 255 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
secondary interface Enter the keyword secondary to configure the secondary interface then one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. Syntax member-vlan { vlan-range } To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [ vlan-range ] command. Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination.
Parameters master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keyword transit to set the Ring node to Transit mode. Defaults Mode None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings.
Example (2 Summary) Dell#show frrp 2 summary Dell#show frrp 2 summary Ring-ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans ----------------------------------------------- 2 Up Master 2 11-20, 25, 27-30 Dell# Related Commands protocol frrp — enters the resilient ring protocol and designate a ring identification.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly.
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Related Commands show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. Z9500 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. Z9500 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command.
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. Z9500 Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time.
Usage Information • Join Timer — Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants. For reliability, each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval.
Related Commands disable — globally disables GVRP. gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. Z9500 Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a comma- separated VLAN ID set.
about the VLAN through GVRP. If the VLAN is removed from the port that sends GVRP advertisements to this device, the port stops being a member of the VLAN. To advertise or learn about VLANs through GVRP, use the forbidden command when you do not want the interface.
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
• EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Join Empty Transmitted: 156 Join In Transmitted: 0 Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave In Transmitted: 0 Leave Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave All Transmitted: 41 Invalid Messages/Attributes skipped: 0 Failed Registrations: 0 Dell# Related Commands show gvrp — displays the GVRP configuration.
20 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging of IGMP packets corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
ip igmp access-group To specify access control for packets, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum).
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if- interface-slot/port ) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF and Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group. Example Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.
show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP. Z9500 Syntax show ip igmp [vrf vrf-name ] interface [ interface ] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IGMP interfaces associated with that VRF.
Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. The show ip igmp interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
• IGMP snooping does not react to Layer 2 topology changes triggered by spanning tree protocol (STP). • IGMP snooping reacts to Layer 2 topology changes multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP) triggers by sending a general query on the interface that comes in the FWD state.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on S-Series and Z–Series. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups.
Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping.
ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enable IGMP snooping fast-leave for this VLAN. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp snooping fast-leave To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl- n ) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip igmp snooping flood This command controls the flooding behavior of unregistered multicast data packets. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp snooping flood Defaults Enabled.
Parameters milliseconds Enter the interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. The default is 1000 milliseconds . Defaults 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number.
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl- n ) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Member Ports: Te 1/17 Dell# show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces. Z9500 Syntax show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan number ] Parameters vlan number Enter the keyword vlan then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
21 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • EIS Commands • Port Channel Commands • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel . The range is from 1 to 16383. vrrp [[ipv6] vrid ] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups.
Example Dell#clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Related Commands mac learning-limit — allows aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learned MACs. show interfaces — displays information on the interfaces.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#clear dampening tegigabitethernet 1/10 Clear dampening counters on TeGi 1/10 [confirm] y Dell# Related Commands show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters half Enter the keyword half to set the Management interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the Management interface to transmit in both directions. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port. rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port. tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from the port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received.
The pause: • Starts when either the packet pointer or the buffer threshold is met (whichever is met first). When the discard threshold is met, packets are dropped. • Ends when both the packet pointer and the buffer threshold fall below 50% of the threshold settings.
show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. Z9500 Syntax interface interface range Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information.
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete a physical interface.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port, port-channel, or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration. You can enter up to six comma-separated ranges. Spaces are not required between the commas.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When creating an interface range, interfaces appear in the order they are entered; they are not sorted. The command verifies that interfaces are present (physical) or configured (logical).
Example (Multiple Range) This example shows how to use commas to add different interface types to the range enabling all 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces in the range 2/1 to 2/23 and both 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces 1/1 and 1/2.
• For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
interface range macro name – runs an interface range macro. interface range macro name Run the interface-range macro to automatically configure the pre-defined range of interfaces. Z9500 Syntax interface range macro name Parameters name Enter the name of an existing macro.
interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs. Z9500 Syntax interface vlan vlan-id Parameters vlan-id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier. The range is 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1.
keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. Z9500 Syntax keepalive [ seconds ] To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Parameters seconds (OPTIONAL) For interfaces with PPP encapsulation enabled, enter the number of seconds between keepalive packets.
linecard portmode Split a single 40G port into four 10G ports on the switch. Z9500 Syntax linecard slot-id port number portmode quad Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a Z9500 line card to reset. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. number Enter the port number of the 40G port to be split.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot (0 or 1) and the port (0). • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port.
Key Description monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot). m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visa-versa.
Fo 2/52 Down 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/56 Down 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/60 Down 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/64 Down 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/68 Down 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/72 Down 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/76 Down 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/80 Down 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/84 Down 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/88 Dow.
0 12 0 Fo 2/36 Down 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/40 Up 0 0 13 0 Fo 2/44 Up 0 0 12 0 Ma 0/0 Down 17 0 1 0 m - Change mode c - Clear screen b - Display bytes r - Display pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up a - Page down T -.
pps 0 Output underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Output throttles: 0 0 pps 0 m - Change mode c - Clear screen l - Page up a - Page down T - Increase refresh interval t - Decrease refresh interval q - Quit mtu Set the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) (frame size) for an Ethernet interface.
When you enter the no mtu command, the system reduces the IP MTU value to 1536 bytes. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for port channels and VLANs are as follows. port channels: • All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value.
Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#do show interfaces switchport Name: TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 802.1QTagged: Hybrid Vlan membership: Vlan 10, Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 10 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example (Vlan) Dell.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Resetting is a soft reboot, including flushing the forwarding tables. Example Stack MAC : 00:01:e8:8b:1a:36 Reload-Type : norm.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-if)#show conf ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 no ip address switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if)# show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces ( interface range ).
switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if-range-te-1/1-2)# show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface, or the interfaces of the same type on a line card.
Version Description 9.1(0.0) Updated ManagementEthernet output to include two global IPv6 addresses on S4810 and Z9000 and added output example showing OpenFlow instance ID. 8.3.12.1 Updated command output to support multiple IPv6 addresses on S4810. 8.
Line Description Pluggable media present... Present pluggable media wavelength, type, and rate. The error scenarios are: • Wavelength, Non-qualified — Dell Force10 ID is not present, but wavelengt.
Line Description – CRC = packets with CRC/FCS errors – overrun = number of packets discarded due to FIFO overrun conditions – discarded = the sum of runts, giants, CRC, and overrun packets disca.
byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byt.
0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.
Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 01:22:55 Example (ManagementE thernet Interface with two IPv6 addresses) Dell# show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 ManagementEtherne.
show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the S-Series and Z-Series switch types, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers, and configured protocols. show ip interface – displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces.
byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byt.
Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information.
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Series line cards support both full-duplex and half-duplex 1000BaseT. Phy Specific Control Values are: • 0 - Manual MDI • 1 - Manual MDIX • 2 - N/A • 3 - Auto MDI/MDIX Phy Specific Status Displays PHY-specific status information.
ParallelDetectionFault: False ... Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a line card slot and interface.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Fo 2/176 Down 40000 Mbit Auto -- Fo 2/180 Down 40000 Mbit Auto -- Fo 2/184 Down 40000 Mbit Auto -- Fo 2/188 Down 40000 Mbit Auto -- Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces vlan Display VLAN statistics.
show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. Z9500 Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles).
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto- negotiate its speed. Defaults auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Parameters backup interface Use this option to configure a redundant Layer 2 link without using Spanning Tree. The keywords backup interface configures a backup port so that if the primary port fails, the backup port changes to the up state. If the primary later comes up, it becomes the backup.
When you enter the switchport command, the interface is automatically added to the default VLAN. To use the switchport backup interface command on a port, first enter the switchport command. For more information, refer to the “Configuring Redundant Links” section in the “Layer 2” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide .
Defaults None. Command Modes EIS Mode (conf-mgmt-eis) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. Z9500 Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None.
NOTE: The implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information about the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, refer to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) chapter.
Usage Information Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown , description , mtu , and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is added to a Port Channel.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series.
shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. Z9500 Syntax minimum-links number Parameters number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status.
port-channel failover-group To configure a LAG failover group, access PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. Z9500 Syntax port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show config Display the current configuration of the selected LAG. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Field Description Queueing strategy. States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers, and MPLS headers.
Dell# User Information The following describes the show interfaces port-channel brief command shown in the following example. Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: • L3 — for Layer 3 • L2 — for Layer 2 Status Displays the status of the port channel.
Parameters outgoing-port- channel number Enter the keywords outgoing-port-channel then the number of the port channel to display flow information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
Usage Information Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets).
• Line-card slot 0 uses three NPUs numbered 0 to 2. • Line-card slot 1 uses four NPUs numbered 0 to 3. • Line-card slot 2 uses four NPUs numbered 0 to 3. SFM NPUs are numbered 0 to 5. Line-card and SFM NPUs use HiGig port channels to transmit data.
Example Dell# clear hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 0 port 59 Dell# show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 0 port 59 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/0/59, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 b.
Command Mode CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 switch. Usage Information You can configure HiGig link bundle monitoring so that a system log message or an SNMP trap is generated when traffic distribution in a bundle is uneven.
Parameters percentage Trigger threshold (in percentage of link-bundle bandwidth) at which an SNMP trap is generated. Valid values are 1 to 90. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Added support for the hg-stats option on the Z9000 platform.
Example (SFM HiGig Port) Dell# show hardware sfm 5 hg-stats port 19 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 3/5/19, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 12.
Command History Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 switch. Usage Information The following table illustrates the fields displayed in the outp.
snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm Enable the generation of SNMP traps and notifications when HiGig link-bundle monitoring is enabled. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm Parameters hg-lbm Enter the keyword hg-lbm to enable traps for HiGig link- bundle monitoring.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
22 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways.
To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5| sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Usage Information • Both sides of the link must specify the same transform set.
Usage Information This command creates a crypto policy entry and enters the crypto policy configuration mode for configuring the flow parameters. Example Dell(conf)#crypto ipsec policy West 10 ipsec-manual Dell(conf-crypto-policy)# management crypto-policy Apply the crypto policy to management traffic.
To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [ source ip address | ipv6 address { mask } { source-port number }] [ destination ip address | ipv6 address { mask } { destination-port number }] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number.
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. Z9500 Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command.
show crypto ipsec transform-set Display the transform set configuration. Z9500 Syntax show crypto ipsec transform-set name Parameters name Enter the name of the transform set.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Example Dell#show crypto ipsec policy Policy name : West Policy refcount : 1 Sequence Num : 1.
Destination address : a::2 Destination mask : /128 Destination port : 21 source-interface name : source-interface num : Match sequence Num : 3 Protocol type : tcp IP or IPv6 : IPv6 Source address : a:.
23 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Z9500 Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This timer is an exponential backoff timer. Over the specified period, the time between ARP requests increases.
arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. Z9500 Syntax arp retries number Parameters number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 5 to 20. The default is 5 . Defaults 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters seconds Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 240 minutes . Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. Z9500 Syntax clear host name Parameters name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands show ip traffic — displays IP traffic statistics.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands show tcp statistics — displays TCP traffic statistics. debug arp View information on ARP transactions. Z9500 Syntax debug arp [ interface ] [count value ] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094).
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series.
debug ip icmp View information on the internal control message protocol (ICMP). Z9500 Syntax debug ip icmp [ interface ] [count value ] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. Example ICMP: echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 ICMP: src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
Field Description broad/multicast proto, unroutable TCP src= Displays the source and destination ports, the sequence number, the acknowledgement number, and the window size of the packets in that TCP packets. UDP src= Displays the source and destination ports for the UDP packets.
• IP protocol number: from 0 to 255 • Internet control message protocol ( icmp ) but not the ICMP message type (from 0 to 255) • Any internet protocol ( ip ) • Transmission Control Protocol ( .
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To configure a list of possible domain names, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times. If you configure both the ip domain-name and ip domain-list commands, the software tries to resolve the name using the ip domain-name command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To fully enable DNS, also specify one or more domain name servers with the ip name-server command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
ip address Enter an IP address, in dotted decimal format, to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you enter the no mtu command, the system reduces the ip mtu value to 1536 bytes.
Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes Related Commands mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out on all other interfaces, including the Management port.
Related Commands show ip interface — displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch. Z9500 Syntax ip route { destination mask { ip-address | in.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
ip source-route Enable the system to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. Z9500 Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
from the LPM routing table (RTM). To enable storage of IPv4 route prefixes in the LPM table, disable this setting by entering the no ipv4 unicast-host-route command.
returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • source-mac — Uses the source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded.
Related Commands hash-algorithm ecmp — changes the hash algorithm across an ECMP. management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1.
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.
Internet 192.2.1.247 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 2/13 - CP Internet 192.2.1.246 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 2/13 - CP Internet 192.2.1.245 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 2/13 - CP Example (Private VLAN) NOTE: In this example, Line 1 shows community VLAN 200 (in primary VLAN 10) in a PVLAN.
show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries. Z9500 Syntax show arp retries Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Name/address lookup uses static mappings Name servers are not set Host Flags TTL Type Address -------- ----- ---- ---- ------- ks (perm, OK) - IP 2.2.2.2 4200-1 (perm, OK) - IP 192.68.69.2 1230-3 (perm, OK) - IP 192.68.99.2 ZZr (perm, OK) - IP 192.71.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i.
Example Dell#show ip cam linecard 1 port-set 0 Index Destination EC CG V C Next-Hop VId Mac-Addr Port ------ ----------------------------------- ---- ------------- 3276 6.6.6.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3277 5.5.5.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3278 4.
8 0 1312 7 0 1312 6 0 1312 5 0 1312 4 0 1312 3 0 1312 2 0 1312 1 0 1312 0 0 8 Dell# show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries. Z9500 Syntax show ip fib linecard slot-id [ ip-address/prefix-list | summary] Parameters slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card.
Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip fib command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address.
show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. Z9500 Syntax show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address } {protocol numbe.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow.
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1. The port range is 0.
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip interface command shown in the following example. Lines Description TenGigabitEthern et 1/1... Displays the interface’s type, slot/port, and physical and line protocol status.
Fields Description Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. list prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword list and the name of a configured prefix list. For more information, refer to the show ip route list command.
Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip route all command in the following example.
type 1 N2- OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1 E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1 L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default >- non-active.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Total 2 non-active route(s) using 128 bytes Dell> Related Commands show ip route — displays information about the routes found in the switch. show ip traffic View IP traffic statistics on Z9500 CPUs, including ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP counters.
Usage Information The following describes the show ip traffic summary shown in the following example. Keyword Definition unknown protocol... No receiver for these packets. Counts packets whose protocol type field is not recognized by the system. not a gateway.
• IP Statistics: Mcast: Sent: Object = f10McastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.4 • ARP Statistics: Rcvd: Request: Object = f10ArpReqRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.1 • ARP Statistics: Rcvd: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplyRecv, OIDs = 1.
show tcp statistics Display statistical information about TCP traffic transmitted on Z9500 CPUs. Z9500 Syntax show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp} Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP statistics on Z9500 CPUs. cp Enter the keyword cp to view TCP statistics only from the Control Processor.
Field Description 0 checksum error... Displays the number of packets received with the following: • checksum errors • bad offset to data • too short 329 packets... Displays the number of packets and bytes received in sequence. 17 dup... Displays the number of duplicate packets and bytes received.
Field Description 20 Total rxmt... Displays the number of times the switch tried to re-send data and the number of connections dropped during the TCP retransmit timeout period. 0 Keepalive.... Lists the number of keepalive packets in timeout, the number keepalive probes and the number of TCP connections dropped during keepalive.
24 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment.
• L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 • L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13.
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. Z9500 Syntax cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1-4 ipv6acl 0-4 } Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM .
Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Version 9.
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny arp { destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id { ip-address | any | opcode code-number } command.
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows th.
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
address } [ bit ] [ operator port [ port ]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes ] [threshold-in-msgs [ count ]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-num.
ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode.
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Version 9.
ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters access-list- name Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters.
ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled.
of ACL logs is terminated with the seq , permit , or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Syntax permit icmp { source address mask | any | host ipv6-address } { desti.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq , permit , or deny commands.
Related Commands permit (for Standard IPv6 ACLs) – configures a filter to forward IPv6 packets. permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
Version 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
of ACL logs is terminate with the seq , permit , or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
test cam-usage Verify that enough ACL CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. Z9500 Syntax test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map-name linecard { slot-id | all} Parameters input policy- map name Enter the name of the policy-map to be verified.
Term Explanation Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile.
25 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide .
Usage Information You can partition the LPM table to store extended IPv6 route prefixes with /65 to /128 mask lengths. LPM CAM partitioning requires a switch reload to take effect. To disable LPM CAM partitioning and return the number of the IPv6 /65-/128 route prefixes stored in Partition 1 to 0, enter the no cam-ipv6 extended-prefix command.
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Z9500 Syntax clear ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name ] {* | ipv6-address prefix- length } Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF.
clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. Z9500 Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on the interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 address { ipv6-address prefix-length } eui64 To disable IPv6 EUI64 address autoconfiguration, use the no ipv6 address { ipv6-address prefix-length } eui64 command.
ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets per second that can be sent per second. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit {1-200} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp error- rate-limit command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers.
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers.
ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 nd prefix { ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [no- advertise] | [no-autoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime { valid | infinite} { preferred | infinite}] Parameters ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S- Series. Usage Information By default, all prefixes configured as addresses on the interface are advertised.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To remove the IPv6 route, use the no ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name ] ipv6- address prefix-length { ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address } [ distance ] [tag value ] [permanent] [weight] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF.
permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route is not to be removed, even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. NOTE: If you disable the interface with an IPv6 address associated with the keyword permanent , the route disappears from the routing table.
You can specify a weight for an IPv4 or IPv6 static route. If the weight value of a path is 0, then that path is not used for forwarding when weighted ECMP is in effect.
Example Dell(conf)# ipv6 unicast-host-route Warning: Command will take effect for existing routes only when IPv6 route prefixes are cleared from RTM Dell(conf)#no ipv6 unicast-host-route Warning: Comm.
Disabling unicast routing on an E-Series chassis causes the following behavior: • static and protocol learned routes are removed from RTM and from the CAM; packet forwarding to these routes is termi.
show ipv6 cam linecard Displays the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 cam linecard slot-id port-set {0-3} [summary | ipv6– address ] Parameters line card slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
Usage Information NOTE: If a route has a mask greater than 64, no output is displayed but an equivalent /64 entry is listed in the show ipv6 cam linecard {0–2} port-set {0-3} output.
Number of CAM entries used by NBR entries = 0 Number of CAM entries used by Prefix entries = 1 Section Current Use Initial Size -------------------------------------- 128 0 147519 127 0 63 126 0 63 12.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C- and E-Series.
show ipv6 fib linecard View all FIB entries. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 fib [vrf vrf-name ]linecard slot-id [summary | ipv6- address ] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the neighbor corresponding to that VRF.
Usage Information Host tables are not stored in CAM tables on S-Series platforms. Entries for camIndex displays as zero (0) on the show ipv6 fib linecard output for neighbor entries, such as address resolution protocol (ARP) entries.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related Commands ipv6 nd dad attempts — Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
managementet hernet slot/ port (OPTIONAL) View information on an IPv6 Management port. Enter the slot number (0-1) and port number zero (0). loopback (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 Loopback interfaces. port-channel (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 port channels.
IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::7686:7aff:feff:6f08 Global Unicast address(es): 10:10:10:1::8, subnet is 10:10:10::/48 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joine.
ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advert.
Field Description Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent. Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number.
00:01:e8:17:5c:ae REACH Te 1/2 Vl 100 CP Dell# Dell#show ipv6 neighbors * - Active session role Ad Dn - Admin Down B - BGP C - CLI I - ISIS O - OSPF R - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr RemoteAddr Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult Clients * 10.1.3.2 10.1.
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, Gateway o.
26 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
dscp dscp- value Enter the DSCP value assigned to the incoming packets in an iSCSI session. The valid range is from 0 to 63. The default is: the DSCP value in ingress packets is not changed. remark Marks the incoming iSCSI packets with the configured dot1p or DSCP value when they egress to the switch.
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. iscsi priority-bits Configure the priority bitmap that advertises in the iSCSI application TLVs. Syntax iscsi priority-bits To remove the configured priority bitmap, use the no iscsi priority-bits command.
Version Description 9.6.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. iscsi target port Configure the iSCSI target ports and optionally, the IP addresses on which iSCSI communication is monitored.
show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings. Syntax show iscsi Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
27 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Z9500 Syntax clns host name nsap Parameters name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping.
debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. Z9500 Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
graceful-restart details tied to the VRF that you specify. This information includes GR Hello, Internal State, and Event Debug details. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging information that includes all the logs that are related to graceful-restart.
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that a router detects. Z9500 Syntax debug isis update-packets [ interface ] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [ interface ] command.
default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric m.
router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metric- style command configuration.
Version Description pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands router isis — Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Z9500 Syntax distance weight [ ip-address mask [ prefix-list ]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command.
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The administrative distance indicates the trust value of incoming packets. A low administrative distance indicates a high trust rate.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands • distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates.
Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS ( for IPv4 ) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 ( for IPv6 ) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands graceful-restart t3 — configures the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated.
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command.
graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command.
Related Commands graceful-restart restart-wait — enables the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs.
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. Z9500 Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors ( no ignore-lsp- errors ). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID.
Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults seconds = 10 ; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Defaults seconds = 10 ; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
level-2 (OPTONAL) Select this value to configure the hello multiplier independently for Level 2 adjacencies. Defaults multiplier = 3 ; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. Z9500 Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [ password ] [level-1 | level-2] command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To protect your network from unauthorized access, use this command to prevent unauthorized routers from forming adjacencies. You can assign different passwords for different routing levels by using the keywords level-1 and level-2 .
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information You can configure priorities independently for Level 1 and Level 2.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate.
Usage Information This command allows you to monitor adjacency state changes, which are useful when you monitor large networks. Messages are logged in the system’s error message facility. lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs).
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. Usage Information LSP throttling slows down the frequency at which LSPs are generated during network instability.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. Usage Information The link MTU and the LSP MTU size must be the same.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. Usage Information To configure the number of area addresses on router, use this command.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Change the maximum LSP lifetime with this command. The maximum LSP lifetime must always be greater than the LSP refresh interval. The seconds parameter enables the router to keep LSPs for the specified length of time.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. metric-style To generate and accept old-style, new-style, or both styles of type, length, and values (TLV), configure a router.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start.
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command.
redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {static | connected | rip} [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value ] [metric-.
Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS ( for IPv4 ) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 ( for IPv6 ) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. Z9500 Syntax redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value ] [metric-type {external| internal}] [route-map map-name ] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute bgp command with the appropriate parameters.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to be redistributed. The range is from 1 to 65355. metric metric- value (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
Example (Router-Isis) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis)#show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.
detail (OPTIONAL) Displays the detailed link-state database information of each LSP when specified. If not specified, a summary displays. summary (OPTIONAL) Displays the summary of link-state database information when specified. lspid (OPTIONAL) Display only the specified LSP.
Field Description The last octet is the LSP number. An LSP is divided into multiple LSP fragments if there is more data than cannot fit in a single LSP. Each fragment has a unique LSP number. An * after the LSPID indicates that the system originates an LSP where this command was issued.
Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the switch. Z9500 Syntax show isis [vrf vrf-name ] hostname Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS host names corresponding to that VRF.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS interface status information corresponding to that VRF.
TenGigabitEthernet 1/8 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 38371358, Local circuit ID 2 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.0000 Hold Time: 28 Link Local Address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:492c Topology: IPv4 IPv6 , Common (IPv4 IPv6 ) Adjacency being used for MTs: IPv4 IPv6 Dell# show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information.
Interfaces supported by IS-IS: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 - IP - IPv6 TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 - IP - IPv6 TenGigabitEthernet 1/10 - IP - IPv6 Loopback 0 - IP - IPv6 Redistributing: Distance: 115 Generate n.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.
IS-IS: Level-1 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 IS-IS: Level-2 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) : 5934/5217 IS-IS: Level-1 LSPs CSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 IS-IS: Level-2 LSPs CSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 472/238 IS-IS: Lev.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
28 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority.
port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. Z9500 Syntax port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] Parameters number Enter the keywords number then a number. active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information .
Mode Function automatically initiates negotiation with other ports by initiating LACP packets. passive An interface is not in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the passive state. Ports in a passive state respond to negotiation requests from other ports that are in active states.
show lacp Display the LACP matrix. Z9500 Syntax show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] Parameters port-channel- number Enter a port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 128. sys-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords sys-id and the value that identifies a system.
enabled L-Distribution disabled, M-Partner Defaulted, N-Partner Non-defaulted, O-Receiver is in expired state, P-Receiver is not in expired state Port Te 1/6 is enabled, LACP is enabled and mode is la.
29 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number.
Example (Multicast) mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output—range Te 1/2,Te 1/3 } Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the MAC address table.
vlan vlan-id E-Series only: Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to allow aging of MACs even though a learning limit is configured. station-move- violation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses.
another interface. Enabling or disabling this option has no effect on already learned MAC addresses. After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs.
show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. Z9500 Syntax show cam mac linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe [address mac.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number. Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky).
Column Heading Description State Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). The following describes the show mac-address-table count command shown in the following example. Line Beginning With Description MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. Z9500 Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN.
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address no shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch.
Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Updated to support OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for the C-Series and S- Series and revised the output to include the Description field to display a user-entered VLAN description.
Column Heading Description Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information. • Po = port channel • Te = 10-Gigabit Ethernet • Fo = 40-Gigabit Ethernet Example Dell#show vlan Codes: * - Defaul.
10 0 1800 unassigned 20 0 1800 2.3.3.3/24 30 0 1800 2.1.1.1/24 Example (Name) Dellconf)#interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#name test Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#do show vlan name test Codes: * - Default VL.
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
untagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. Z9500 Syntax untagged interface To remove an untagged interface from a VLAN, use the no untagged interface command.
Usage Information Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command. To remove an untagged interface from all VLANs, including the Default VLAN, enter INTERFACE mode and use the no switchport command.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file.
fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Z9500 Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface.
fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. Z9500 Syntax fefd reset [ interface ] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds . Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
interface is placed in “error-disabled” state, t enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Te 1/5 Aggressive 10 Admin Shutdown Te 1/6 Aggressive 10 Admin Shutdown Te 1/7 Aggressive 10 Admin Shutdown Te 1/8 Aggressive 10 Admin Shutdown Te 1/9 Aggressive 10 Admin Shutdown Te 1/10 NA NA Locally disabled Te 1/11 Aggressive 10 Err-disabled Dell# Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection.
30 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN.
port-vlan-id Enter the keywords port-vlan-id to advertise the port VLAN identification TLV. vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV.
Parameters max-frame- size Enter the keywords max-frame-size to advertise the dot3 maximum frame size. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if- interface -lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf- interface -lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. management-interface Enable and configure LLDP protocol parameters on the management interface. Z9500 Syntax management-interface To remove LLDP configuration on a management interface, use the no management-interface command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch.
To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if- interface -lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display all the TLV information, remote management IP addresses, timers, and LLDP tx and rx counters. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show running-config lldp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
The E-Series generally supports the commands. However, LLDP-MED commands are more useful on the C-Series and the S50V model of the S-Series, because they support Power over Ethernet (PoE) devices.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Related Commands protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Advertise the Extended Power via MDI on all ports that are connected to an 802.3af powered, LLDP-MED endpoint device. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP.
31 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
information inside the ARP packet. This unicast data traffic flooding occurs only for those packets which use these ARP entries. mac-address-table static (for Multicast MAC Address) To configure the m.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Added support for multicast MAC address on the MXL platform. Usage Information When a multicast source and multicast receivers are in the.
32 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands • IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands This section describes the IPv4 multicast commands.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
mask Enter the mask in slash prefix formation ( /x ) or in dotted decimal format. null 0 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword null then zero (0). [ protocol [ process-id | tag ] ip-address ] (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the routing protocols: • Enter the BGP as-number then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the reverse path forwarding (RPF) neighbor.
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name ] limit Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to limit the number of multicast on the VRF.
ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding. Z9500 Syntax ip multicast-routing [vrf vrf-name ] To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing [vrf vrf-name ] command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view static multicast routes.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.
Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters int-count Enter the keyword count to indicate the number of required debug messages. interface type Enter the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 10G Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information.
limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The S-Series default is 4000 . Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
33 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received.
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Z9500 Syntax clear ip msdp sa-cache [ group-address | rejected-sa | local] Parameters group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Z9500 Syntax clear ip msdp sa-cache [ group-address | rejected-sa | local] Parameters group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.
debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. Z9500 Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.
To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cache- rejected-sa { number } command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa { number } command. Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer.
group, member X accepts the SA message and forwards it to all of its peers that are not part of the mesh-group. However, member X cannot forward the SA message to other members of the mesh-group. ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 6.2.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
ip msdp redistribute Filter local PIM SA entries in the SA cache. SAs which the ACL denies time out and are not refreshed. Until they time out, they continue to reside in the MSDP SA cache. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp redistribute [list acl-name ] Parameters list acl-name lEnter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs.
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access- list name ] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access- list name ] command.
ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache.
ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp shutdown { peer address } Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Example Dell#show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
34 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands protocol spanning-tree mstp — enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The max-hops command is a configuration command that applies to both the IST and all MST instances in the MSTP region. The BPDUs sent out by the root switch set the remaining-hops parameter to the configured value of max-hops.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case). Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance.
Usage Information MSTP is not enabled when you enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. To enable MSTP globally on the switch, enter the no disable command while in MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information about the multiple spanning tree protocol, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide .
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MST region, the switches must share the same revision number. Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. name — assigns the region name to the MST region.
max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. Z9500 Syntax show spanning-tree msti [ instance-number [brief]] [guard] Parameters instance- number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63.
hops 5 Current root has priority 16384, Address 0001.e800.0a5c Number of topology changes 0, last change occurred 3058087 Port 82 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.
Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 We are the root of MSTI 0 (CIST) Current root has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 CIST regional root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.
Parameters spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Defaults Enable. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Defaults • cost = depends on the interface type • priority = 128 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced Usage Information By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP.
35 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS).
cost Specifies the stub area’s advertised external route metric. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. Defaults cost = 1 ; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
default- information- originate (OPTIONAL) Allows external routing information to be imported into the NSSA by using Type 7 default. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
suppressed and the component networks remain hidden from other areas.) Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the database-timer rate-limit option for the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF.
Field Description auk: If the ip ospf authentication-key command is configured, this field displays the key used. keyid: If the ip ospf message-digest-key command is configured, this field displays the MD5 key to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended.
default-information originate To generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value ] [metric-type type-value ] [route-map map-name ] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command.
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command.
description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. Z9500 Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum).
Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110 . ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a mask in dotted decimal format or /n format.
inter-area dist2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords inter-area then a number to specify a distance metric for routes between areas. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110 . intra-area dist1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords intra-area then a number to specify a distance metric for all routes within an area.
Parameters prefix-list- name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. For Z9500, the range is from 1 to 512.
distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter. Z9500 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time. Z9500 Syntax fast-convergence { number } To cancel fast-convergence, use the no fast convergence command.
flood-2328 Enable RFC-2328 flooding behavior. Z9500 Syntax flood-2328 To disable, use the no flood-2328 command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable the grace period, use the no graceful-restart grace-period command.
Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Added Restart and Helper roles support on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series.
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf authentication-key [ encryption-type ] key To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command.
ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth.
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command.
To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf hello-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10 seconds . Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Usage Information Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a designated router or backup designated router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not point- to-point networks.
Usage Information Set the time interval to a number large enough to prevent unnecessary retransmissions. For example, the interval must be larger for interfaces connected to virtual links. ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed.
log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set the system. Z9500 Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable the Syslog messages, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. Usage Information This command is either enabled or disabled. If no OSPF process is identified as the MIB manager, the first OSPF process is used.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• All previous no passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. no passive-interface interface • Remove the interface from the passive list. • The ABR status for the router is updated. • If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passive- interface interface into the running configuration.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF.
Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1-2 to redistribute both IS-IS Level-1 and Level-2 routes.
router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. Z9500 Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
n]: Dell# router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. Z9500 Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf { vrf name }] To clear an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance.
After the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system. Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 2 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Line Beginning with Description “Min LSA....” Displays the intervals set for LSA transmission and acceptance. “Number of...” Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID. Example Dell#show ip ospf 10 Routing Process ospf 10 with ID 1.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Type-5 AS External Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Tag 0.0.0.0 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000052 0xeb83 100 1.1.1.1 192.68.135.2 908 0x8000002a 0xbd27 0 10.1.1.0 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 0x9012 0 10.1.2.0 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 0x851c 0 10.2.2.0 11.1.2.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF.
Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1437 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000000f Checksum: 0x8221 Length: 28 Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Field Description TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router. Data traffic is forwarded to this router. If the forwarding address is 0.
show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax show ip ospf process-id database network [ link-state-id ] [adv- router ip-address ] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age.
Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Checksum: 0x376 Length: 28 Opaque Type: 1 Opaque ID: 1 Unable to display opaque data LS age: 833 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Item Description (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics. TOS 0 Metric Lists the number of TOS 0 metrics.
Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database summary Display the network summary (type 3) LSA routing information. Z9500 Syntax show ip ospf process-id database summary [ link-state-id ] [adv- router ip-address ] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database summary command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Item Description Timer intervals... This line displays the interface’s timer settings for Hello interval, Dead interval, Transmit Delay (Wait), and Retransmit Interval. Hello due... This line displays the amount time until the next Hello packet is sent out this interface.
show ip ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbors connected to the local router. Z9500 Syntax show ip ospf process-id neighbor Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Example Dell#show ip ospf 34 neighbor Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface Area 20.20.20.7 1 FULL/DR 00:00:32 182.10.10.3 Te 0/0 0.0.0.2 192.10.10.2 1 FULL/DR 00:00:37 192.10.10.2 Te 0/1 0.0.0.1 20.20.20.1 1 FULL/DROTHER00:00:36 192.10.10.
• The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together. • For Type 2 external routes, Type 1 cost is not displayed. Example Dell#show ip ospf 100 route Prefix Cost Nexthop Interface Area Type 1.1.1.1 1 0.0.0.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Row Heading Description Hello-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the hello packets. LSR-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state request packets. Other-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state acknowledgement, database description, and update packets.
Total Error Hello DDiscr LSReq LSUpd LSAck RX 10 0 8 2 0 0 0 TX 10 0 10 0 0 0 0 OSPF Global Queue Length TxQ-Len RxQ-Len Tx-Mark Rx-Mark Hello-Q 0 0 0 2 LSR-Q 0 0 0 0 Other-Q 0 0 0 0 Error packets (On.
Related Commands clear ip ospf statistics — clears the packet statistics in all interfaces and neighbors. show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire. Z9500 Syntax show ip ospf process-id timers rate-limit Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. Z9500 Syntax show ip ospf process-id topology Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. Z9500 Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value ] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes. For example, if you want to redistribute static routes to OSPF, but you don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summary-address 1.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Setting the delay and holdtime parameters to a low number enables the switch to an alternate path quickly but requires more CPU usage.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. OSPFv3 Commands The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) remain unchanged.
For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non- encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. Z9500 Syntax area area-id encryption ipsec spi number esp encryption- algorithm [key-encryption-type] key authentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key Parameters area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted.
Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non- encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted).
To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no area area-id encryption spi number command. Related Commands ipv6 ospf encryption – configures an IPsec encryption policy on an OSPFv3 interface. show crypto ipsec policy – display the configuration of IPsec encryption policies.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: BFD parameters interval 100 min_rx 100 mult 3 role active 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: BFD parameters interval 100 min_rx 100 mult 3 role active 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Enabl.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Example Dell#debug ipv6 ospf packet OSPFv3 packet related debugging is on for all interfaces 05:21:01 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Inst:0, on Po 255 05:21:03 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.
default-information originate Configure the system to generate a default external route into an OSPFv3 routing domain. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value ] [metric-type type-value ] [route-map map-name ] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command.
graceful-restart grace-period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv3 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter no graceful-restart grace- period .
graceful-restart mode Specify the type of events that trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart mode {planned-only | unplanned-only} To disable graceful restart mode, enter no graceful-restart mode .
ipv6 ospf area Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf process id area area id To disable OSPFv6 routing for an interface, use the no ipv6 ospf process-id area area-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number.
key- encryption- type (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non- encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted).
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 – displays the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in authentication policies. ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810. Usage Information This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode.
Using this formula, the default path cost is calculated as: • 10-Gigabit Ethernet—Default cost is 1 • 40-Gigabit Ethernet — Default cost is 1 ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router.
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryption- algorithm [ key-encryption.
For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject To disable the helper-reject role, enter no ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject .
To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval . Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths.
passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface. Z9500 Syntax passive—interface interface To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passive- interface interface command.
On configuring suppression using the passive-interface command, the state of the OSPF neighbor does not change to INIT; instead, the state of the OSPF neighbor changes to DOWN after the dead-timer expires.
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3. The range is from 0 to 4294967295 The default is 0 . Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.
show crypto ipsec policy Command Fields Field Description Policy name Displays the name of an IPsec policy. Policy refcount Number of interfaces on the router that use the policy. Inbound ESP SPI Outbound ESP SPI The encapsulating security payload (ESP) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links.
Defaults No default behavior or values. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS.
show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 ospf [ process-number ] [vrf vrf-name ] [ interface ] Parameters process- number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF.
If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers. Example Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 interface tengigabitethernet 1/2 TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 is up, line protocol is up Link Local Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bbd, Interface ID 67420217 Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series TeraScale routers.
LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 d.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.7(0.
• holdtime = 10 seconds Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
36 Pay As You Grow The Pay As You Grow (PAYG) software feature allows you to purchase a Z9500 switch with 36 40G ports (144 10G ports) and upgrade to a larger number of ports as your networking needs grow. install license Install the license for Z9500 ports from local flash, a remote server using a file transfer method, or an external flash device.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information If your Z9500 switch has a 36 40G-port license, all 40G ports (144 10G ports) on line card 0 are enabled and usable.
show license Check the status of a Z9500 license and display the number of usable ports or verify a license stored on a remote server before you install it.
Example If no license is installed, information about the factory-installed 36 40G-port or 132 40G-port configuration is displayed. Dell# show license LICENSE INFORMATION Vendor : Dell Product : Dell .
37 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted.
register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
hash-mask- length (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length. The range is from zero (0) to 32. The default is 30 . priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is from zero (0) to 255. The default is zero (0) . Defaults Not configured.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 Dell(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Do not enter this command before creating the access-list.
ip pim register-filter To prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name ] register-filter access-list To return to the default, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name ] register- filter access-list command.
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. Z9500 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name ] rp-address address {group-address group- address mask } [override] To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name ] rp-address address {group-address group-address mask } [override] command.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S- Series. Usage Information The interface must be enabled (the no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S- Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
If the PIM DR flood is not disabled (default setting): • Multicast traffic is transmitted on the egress port towards the PIM DR if the port is not the incoming interface. • Multicast traffic for an unknown group is sent on the port towards the PIM DR.
show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. Z9500 Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name ] interface Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Field Description Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command). DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command).
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor.
mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. Syntax show ip pim snooping interface [vlan vlan-id ] Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping.
Example (#2) Dell#show ip pim snooping interface Interface Ver Nbr DR DR Count Prio Vlan 2 v2 3 1 165.87.32.2 show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping.
Field Description • v2 = PIM version 2 DR prio/Mode Displays the Designated Router priority and the mode: • 1 = default Designated Router priority (use the ip pim dr-priority command) • DR = Designated Router • S = Sparse mode Example Dell#show ip pim snooping neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver DR Prio Address 165.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim snooping tib commands shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the PIM multicast snooping database.
(*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:01, expires 00:02:59, RP 165.87.70.1, flags: J Incoming interface: Vlan 2, RPF neighbor 0.0.0.0 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 RPF 165.87.32.2 00:00:01/00:02:59 TenGigabitEthernet 2/13 Upstream Port -/- Dell#show ip pim snooping tib vlan 2 225.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example Dell# show ip pim summary PIM TIB version 495 Uptime 22:44:52 Entries in PIM-TIB/MFC : 2/2 Active Modes : PIM-SNOOPING Interface summary.
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description • F = Dell Networking OS is registering this entry for a multicast source • T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path • J = first packet from the last hop router is rece.
show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
• hello : to view the IPv6 PIM neighbor keepalive timer • joinprune : to view the expiry timer (join/prune timer) • register : to view the register suppression timer Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority value for Bootstrap election process. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0 . Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router. If two interfaces contain the same designated router priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the designated router.
Dell(conf-if-te-1/1)#ipv6 pim join-filter JOIN-FIL_ACL in Dell(conf-if-te-1/1)#ipv6 pim join-filter JOIN-FIL_ACL out ipv6 pim neighbor-filter Prevent the system from forming a PIM adjacency with a neighboring system. Syntax ipv6 pim neighbor-filter { access-list } Parameters access-list Enter the name of a standard access list.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Dell(conf-ipv6-acl)#permit ipv6 any any Dell(conf-ipv6-acl)#exit ipv6 pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group. First-hop routers use this address to send register packets on behalf of the source multicast host.
Usage Information The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. RP addresses learned via BSR take priority over static RP addresses. Without the override option, the BSR-advertised RPs updates take precedence over the statically configured RPs.
ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode on the interface. Syntax ipv6 pim sparse-mode To disable IPv6 PIM sparse mode, use the no ipv6 pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 14::2, priority: 0, hash mask length: 126 Dell# show ipv6 pim interface Display IPv6 PIM enabled interfaces. Syntax show ipv6 pim interface Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
38 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. access_list_na me Enter the name of the access list. Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.
When you remove the SSM ACL, PIM SSM is supported for the default SSM range only. show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name ] ssm-range Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
IPv6 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv6 PIM-SM and IPv6 PIM-SSM. • clear ipv6 pim tib • debug ip pim • ipv6 pim dr-priority • ipv6 pim join-filter • ipv6 pim query-interval .
When the ACL rules change, the ACL manager and PIM modules apply the new rules automatically. When you remove the SSM ACL, the default range is restored. When you configure the SSM range, the system supports SSM for the configured group range as well as the default SSM range.
39 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list.
Version Description 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Related Commands ip redirect-list – enables an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface.
Usage Information You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules includes the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is to be redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop.
Version Description 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing.
• ack = acknowledgement • fin = finish (no more data from the user) • psh = push function • rst = reset the connection • syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
mask | any | host ip-address } { destination mask | any | host ip-address } [ operator ] To remove this filter, use one of the following: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal t.
To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence- number Enter a number from 1 to 65535. permit Enter the keyword permit assign the sequence to the permit list. redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list.
operator (OPTIONAL) For the TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command parameter.
show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content. Z9500 Syntax show cam pbr {[interface interface ] | linecard slot-number port-set number ]} [summary] Parameters interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the name of the interface. linecard number Enter the keyword linecard then the slot number.
00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 00:00:04:b7:14:25 Vl 1003(0/2) 00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 00:00:04:b7:14:26 Vl 1004(0/2) 00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 00:00:00:78:58:11 Vl 1005(0/3) 00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.
Vl 1002) , Next-hop reachable (via Vl 1003) , Next-hop reachable (via Vl 1004) , Next-hop reachable (via Vl 1005) , Next-hop reachable (via Vl 1006) , Next-hop reachable (via Vl 1007) , Next-hop reach.
40 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs).
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
ttl_value IP TTL value of the ERSPAN traffic. The range is from 1 to 255. The default value is 255. drop Monitors only the dropped packets in the Ingress.
rate-limit Configure the rate-limit to limit the mirrored packets. Syntax rate-limit limit To remove the limit, use the no rate-limit limit command. Parameters limit Enter the rate-limit value. The range is from 0 to 40000 Megabits per second. Defaults 60 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for the RPM / ERPM. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command. Parameters source interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon- sess-session-ID ) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
41 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair.
• Isolated port : An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port : A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Related Commands private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. Z9500 Syntax [no] private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list To remove specific secondary VLANs from the configuration, use the no private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list command syntax.
switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. show interfaces private-vlan Display type and status of PVLAN interfaces. Z9500 Syntax show interfaces private-vlan [interface in.
The following describes the show interfaces private-vlan command shown in the Examples below. Field Description Interface Displays the type of interface and associated slot and port number. Vlan Displays the VLAN ID of the designated interface. PVLAN-Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the designated interface resides.
community vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword community and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration for a community PVLAN. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/port numbers or port-channel number to display the PVLAN configuration for a member interface.
Field Description Primary Displays the VLAN ID of the designated or associated primary VLAN(s). Secondary Displays the VLAN ID of the designated or associated secondary VLAN(s). Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the listed interfaces reside. Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down.
Primary : 10 Isolated : 30 Community : 20 Usage Information Note that if the VLAN ID you enter is a primary VLAN, the entire private VLAN output is displayed, as shown below. If the VLAN ID is a secondary VLAN, only its primary VLAN and secondary VLAN properties are displayed, as shown in the second Example below.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
42 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state.
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst – enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command.
Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports. Related Commands disable — disables PVST+. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
128.147 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------------------------------------------------- Te 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Te 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Te 1/16 Desg 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Te 1/17 Desg 128.
TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 of VLAN 2 is LBK_INC discarding Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bp.
spanning-tree pvst Configure a PVST+ interface with one of these settings: edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port disablement if an error condition occurs, port priority or cost for a VLAN range, loop guard, or root guard.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Enabling Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard at the same time on a port results in a port that remains in a Blocking state and prevents traffic from flowing through it.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Some non-Dell Networking systems which have hybrid ports participating in PVST+ transmit two kinds of BPDUs: an 802.1D BPDU and an untagged PVST+ BPDU. Dell Networking systems do not expect PVST+ BPDU on an untagged port.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+. This implementation helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. Related Commands vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. Related Commands vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. Related Commands vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
43 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields.
POLICY-OUT mode supersedes the service-class bandwidth-percentage command. service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. Z9500 Syntax service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 value | dot1p1 value | dot1p2 value | dot1p3 value | dot1p4 value | dot1p5 value | dot1p6 value | dot1p7 value } Parameters dot1p0 value .
service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface (from INTERFACE mode) or on all interfaces (from CONFIGURATION mode).
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the command to permit configuration on port channels. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface, enter this command.
number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15. This parameter applies only if you specify the green or yellow drop precedence. string Enter the WRED profile name. It is a string of up to 32 characters. Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names.
Parameters service-class Define the mapping between the service class and policy- based QoS or routing. wred Associate WRED with ECN to mark packets instead of dropping them.
packets in the queue is above the maximum threshold, packets are dropped based on the drop probability. This behavior is the identical treatment a packet receives when WRED is enabled without ECN configured on the router.
Command History Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information You can configure only service pools 0 and 1 because the Dell Networking OS uses only these two service pools.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Related Commands service-class dot1p-mapping — Identifies the class map.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Granularity for commited-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
rate Enter the outgoing rate in multiples of 10 Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 0 to 10000. The default is 50. Defaults Granularity for rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to create a class map to filter protocol traffic for rate-limiting control-plane traffic (CoPP). Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
match mac dot1p — configures a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. match mac vlan — configures a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. show qos class-map — views the current class map information.
Related Commands show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. Z9500 Syntax description { description } To remove the description, use the no description { description } command.
match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). Z9500 Syntax match ip access-group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value ] To remove ACL match criteria from a class map, use the no match ip access- group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] command.
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip dscp Use a differentiated services code point (DSCP) value as a match criteria. Z9500 Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} dscp dscp-list.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast . Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip vlan Uses a VLAN as the match criterion for an L3 class map. Z9500 Syntax match ip vlan vlan-id To remove VLAN as the match criterion, use the no match ip vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan and then the ID of the VLAN.
Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command.
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (input/output) applied on an interface.
policy-map-input Create an input policy map. Z9500 Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-map- name [layer2] [cpu-qos] command. Parameters policy-map- name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum).
Related Commands service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface.
policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface.
Usage Information To specify the name of the input QoS policy, use this command. After the input policy is specified, rate-police is defined. This command enables Qos-Policy-Input Configuration mode — (conf-qos-policy-in).
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To specify the name of the output QoS policy, use this command. After the output policy is specified, rate-shape, bandwidth-percentage, and WRED can be defined. This command enables Qos-Policy-Output Configuration mode — (conf-qos- policy-out).
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S- Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(1.0) Added support for packets-per-second and committed rate. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
To remove the input policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy input policy-map-name [layer2] command. Parameters policy-map- name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist.
service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface. Z9500 Syntax service-policy output policy-map-name To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no service- policy output policy-map-name command. Parameters policy-map- name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum).
service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. Z9500 Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name ] [qos-policy qos-policy-name ] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name ] [qos-policy qos-policy-name ] command.
Usage Information There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface.
Usage Information After the IP DSCP bit is set, other QoS services can then operate on the bit settings. show qos class-map View the current class map information. Z9500 Syntax show qos class-map [ class-name ] Parameters class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map.
show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information. Z9500 Syntax show qos policy-map {summary [ interface ] | detail [ interface ]} Parameters summary interface To view a policy map interface sum.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (IPv4) Dell#show qos policy-map detail tengigabitethernet 1/1 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Policy-map-input policy Trust diffserv Qu.
class class- map-name Enter the keyword class then the class map name. qos-policy- input qos- policy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-input then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
7 c7 q7 Dell# show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. Z9500 Syntax show qos policy-map-output [ policy-map-name ] [qos-policy-output qos-policy-name ] Parameters policy-map- name Enter the policy map name. qos-policy- output qos- policy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name.
show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. Z9500 Syntax show qos qos-policy-input [ qos-policy-name ] Parameters qos-policy- name Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters qos-policy- name Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field (EF) Description Queue # Queue Number Queued Bytes Snapshot of the byte count in that queue. Queued Pkts Cumulative packet count in that queue. Matched Pkts The number of packets that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust , matched packet counters are not incremented in this field.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show qos wred-profile Wred-profile-name min-threshold max-threshold wred_drop 0 0 wred_ge_y 1024 2.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This feature allows you to determine if the CAM has enough space available before applying the configuration on an interface.
Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM| Status | | | |per Port | (Allowed ports) 0 0 L2ACL 500 200 Allowed (2) 0 1 L2ACL 100 200 Exception 1 0 L2ACL 1000 200 Allowed (5) 1 1 L2ACL.
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure the minimum and maximum threshold values for user-defined profiles, use this command. Additionally, to modify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the pre-defined WRED profiles, use this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added dot1p to the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.
wred Configure a WRED profile for yellow or green traffic. Z9500 Syntax wred {yellow | green} profile-name To remove the WRED drop precedence, use the no wred {yellow | green} [ profile- name] command. Parameters yellow | green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic.
Related Commands wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP. wred weight Configure the weight factor used to determine the average-queue size for WRED and ECN operation. The weight value is used in an output QoS policy applied to a front-end or backplane port.
To stop marking packets, use the no wred ecn command. Defaults none Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Parameters wred-profile- name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles.
available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red. Syntax dscp {yellow | red} [ list-dscp-values ] To remove a color policy map profile, use the no dscp {yellow | red} [ dscp-list ] command.
• A DSCP value cannot be in both the yellow and red lists. Setting the red or yellow list with any DSCP value that is already in the other list results in an error and no update to that list is made.
Example Dell(conf)#qos dscp-color-map mymap Related Commands qos dscp-color-map — associates the DSCP color map profile with an interface so that all IP packets received on it is given a color based on that color map dscp — sets the number of specific DSCP values for color map profile to yellow or red.
qos dscp-color-map — configures the DSCP color map. show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. Syntax show qos dscp-color-map map-name Parameters map-name Enter the name of the color map. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
44 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058.
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the system routing table. Z9500 Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value ] [route-map map-name ] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command.
default-metric Change the default metric for routes. To ensure that all redistributed routes use the same metric value, use this command with the redistribute command. Z9500 Syntax default-metric number To return the default metric to the original values, use the no default-metric command.
description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol. Z9500 Syntax description { description } To remove the description, use the no description { description } command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the RIP protocol (80 characters maximum).
distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. Z9500 Syntax distance weight [ ip-address mask [ prefix-name ]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ ip-address mask ] command.
distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. Z9500 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [ interface ] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list- name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates.
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands.
neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. Z9500 Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information.
network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format.
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. Z9500 Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [ interface ] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [ interface ] command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable RIP, assign a network address using the network command.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-router_rip)#show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated.
Usage Information The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example. Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the routes directly connected.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
holddown Enter the number of seconds to specify a time interval during which the route is marked as unreachable but still sending RIP packets. The holddown value should be at least three times the update timer value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295.
version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. Z9500 Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2.
45 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
there is no corresponding rising-threshold event, the value is zero. falling- threshold value event-number Enter the keywords falling-threshold then the value (64 bit) the falling-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the falling threshold exceeds its limit.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
22 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 Dell# show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. Z9500 Syntax show rmon events [ index ] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format.
Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon event br index description ------------------------------ 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 Dell# show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. Z9500 Syntax show rmon log [ index ] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easy-to-read format.
4 4 Dell# show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. Z9500 Syntax show rmon statistics [index] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format.
over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 b.
46 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
Related Commands hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).
Usage Information The hello time is encoded in BPDUs in increments of 1/256ths of a second. The standard minimum hello time in seconds is 1 second, which is encoded as 256. Millisecond hello times are encoded using values less than 256; the millisecond hello time equals (x/1000)*256.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state.
Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)##no disable Related Commands disable — disables RSTP globally on the system.
show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state.
Field Description Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), disabled (DIS), or shut down (EDS Shut).
Port 257 (TenGigabitEthernet 0/0) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.257 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated port id is 128.
shutdown-on- violation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority then a value in increments of 16 as the priority. The range is from 0 to 240.
If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation , BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. You cannot enable STP root guard and loop guard at the same time on a port. For example, if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured, the following error message displays: % Error: RootGuard is configured.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
47 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands .
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command.
role Changes command permissions for roles. Syntax role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command To delete access to a command, use the no role mode role-name Parameters mode En.
Related Commands userrole show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level. Syntax show role mode { mode } { command } Parameters command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level.
show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Usage Information Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization.
As with authentication and authorization, you must configure AAA Accounting by defining a named list of accounting methods, and then applying that list to various interfaces. aaa accounting Enable AAA Accounting and create a record for monitoring the accounting function.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. Z9500 Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command.
Parameters exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands { level | role role-name } Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list by enter the keyword role and then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role.
show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. Z9500 Syntax show accounting Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s acc.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information By default, the aaa authorization commands command configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands. Use the command no aaa authorization config-commands to enable only EXEC- level command checking.
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. Z9500 Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command } To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access, use the enable password command.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Obscure Password Commands To enable the obscure password, use the following commands.
encrypted string for that line of configuration. To verify that you have successfully obscured passwords and keys, use the show running-config command or show startup-config command. If you are using role-based access control (RBAC), only the system administrator and security administrator roles can enable the service obscure-password command.
• tacacs+ : use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server host command. ... method2 (OPTIONAL) In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method. Defaults Use the enable password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
aaa authentication login Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC mode ( Enable log-in ). Z9500 Syntax aaa authentication login { method-list-name | default} method [ ... method4 ] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login { method-list-name | default} command.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). Z9500 Syntax access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-list- name Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL.
enable password Change the password for the enable command. Z9500 Syntax enable password [level level ] [ encryption-type ] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [ encryption-type ] password [level level ] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access.
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
default Enter the keyword default to specify that the default method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, is applied to the terminal line. Defaults No authentication is performed on the console lines. Local authentication is performed on the virtual terminal and auxiliary lines.
password Enter a text string up to 32 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults No password is configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password). Z9500 Syntax password-attributes [min-length number ] [max-retry number ] [lockout-period minutes ][character-restriction [uppe.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced the lockout-period option on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced the lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show users command shown in the following example. Field Description (untitled) Indicates with an asterisk (*) which terminal line you are using.
• AUX: the range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). Defaults See the defaults settings shown in Parameters . Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
nopassword Enter the keyword nopassword to specify that the user should not enter a password. password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the password. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption-type or the password. encryption- type Enter an encryption type for the password that you enter.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for the secret option and the MD5 password encryption. Extended the name from 25 to 63 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host. Z9500 Syntax radius-server host { hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address } [auth-port port-number ] [retransmit retries ] [timeout seconds ] [key [ encryption-type ] key ] Parameters hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. Z9500 Syntax radius-server key [ encryption-type ] key To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command. Parameters encryption- type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero ( 0 ) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered.
If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications.
Related Commands radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . Z9500 Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command.
TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. Z9500 Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command.
• For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. • For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0 . • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then a number as the port to be used by the TACACS+ server. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default is 49 . timeout seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timeout then the number of seconds the switch waits for a reply from the TACACS+ server.
tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server. tacacs-server key Configure a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and a client. Z9500 Syntax tacacs-server key [ encryption-type ] key To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command.
Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands dot1x authentication (Interface) — enables dot1x on an interface.
dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number ] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number ] command.
show dot1x interface — displays the 802.1X information on an interface. dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface.
Usage Information The authenticator performs authentication only when port-control is set to auto . dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Z9500 Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command.
Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is 3600 (1 hour) . Defaults 3600 seconds (1 hour) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds.
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series.
Parameters rsa Enter the keyword rsa then the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys. The range is from 1024 to 2048 if you did not enable FIPS mode; if you enabled FIPS mode, you can only generate a 2048-bit key. The default is 1024 . NOTE: You must have a license to access the FIPS mode.
Host key already exists. Do you want to replace. [y/n] :y Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH server. show crypto — displays the SSH host public keys. crypto key zeroize rsa Removes the generated RSA host keys and zeroize the key storage location.
Defaults Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure the switch as an SCP server, use the ip ssh server command.
Usage Information This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication. SSH disconnects when the number of password failures exceeds authentication-retries. ip ssh connection-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute.
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbased- authentication for SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Parameters 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869. The default is 768 . Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Usage Information This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the user-specified file.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file.
Usage Information Enabling RSA authentication allows the user to log in without being prompted for a password. In addition, the OpenSSH compatible SSHv2 RSA public key must be added to the list of authorized keys ( ip ssh rsa-authentication my- authorized-keys device://filename command).
flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/authorized-keys-username (where username is the user associated with this terminal). NOTE: The no form of this command deletes the file flash://ADMIN_DIR/ ssh/ authorized-keys-username file. Related Commands show ip ssh rsa-authentication — displays the RSA authorized keys.
• aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr mac hmac- algorithm Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication.
• diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 port port- number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22 . [version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version then the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command enables the SSH server and begins listening on a port. If a port is not specified, listening is on SSH default port 22.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/ knownhosts file. Example Dell#show ip ssh client-pub-keys poclab4,123.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/ authorized-keys.
hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the host name of the remote device. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.
-v {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -v then the SSH version 1 or 2. The default is the version from the protocol negotiation. Defaults As shown in the Parameters section. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
-p SSH server port option (default 22) -v SSH protocol version <cr> Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher Dell#ssh 10.
ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. Z9500 Syntax ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] Parameters trust- downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Z9500 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Related Commands clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
48 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter.
Parameters interface Enter one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
protocol-tunnel Enable protocol tunneling on a stacked (Q-in-Q) VLAN for specified protocol packets. Z9500 Syntax protocol-tunnel {rate-limit rate | stp} To disable protocol tunneling for a Layer 2 protocol, use the no protocol- tunnel command.
protocol-tunnel destination-mac Overwrite the BPDU destination MAC address with a specific value. Z9500 Syntax protocol-tunnel destination-mac xstp address Parameters stp Change the default destination MAC address used for L2PT to another value. Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, and E- Series ExaScale. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
49 sFlow sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector.
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Z9500 Syntax sflow collector { ip-address | ipv6-address } agent-addr { ip- address | ipv6-address } [ number [max-.
Version Description 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters sent to the collector.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command sets the counter polling interval for an interface.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show sflow linecard Display sFlow information for a line card. Z9500 Syntax show sflow linecard slot-id Parameters slot number Enter a slot number to view information on the line-card ports in that slot. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Samples rcvd from h/w :0 Total UDP packets exported :0 UDP packets exported via RPM :0 UDP packets dropped :0 Dell# 1704 sFlow.
50 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog.
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. Z9500 Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. Z9500 Syntax show snmp engineID Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !----command run on Force10 switch:-----------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !----command run on server connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
guestuser Dell(conf)# Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.224 Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 10 deny any count ! Dell(conf)#snmp-server .
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server enable traps [ notification-type ] [ notification- option ] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [ notification- type ] [ notification-option ] command.
• temperature For the snmp notification-type, enter one of the following optional parameters: • authentication • coldstart • linkdown • linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID ] [remote ip-address udp- port port-number engineID ] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID ] [remote ip-address udp-port port-number engineID ] command.
Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects. A user’s password (entered on the command line) is converted to a message digest algorithm (MD5) or secure hash algorithm (SHA) security digest. This digest is based on both the password and the local Engine ID.
The default is 1 . auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet.
Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview . NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups.
• Version 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is version 1 . auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption.
Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
NOTE: For v1 / v2c trap configuration, if the community-string is not defined using the snmp-server community command prior to using this command, the default form of the snmp-server community command automatically is configured with the community-name the same as specified in the snmp- server host command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Dell(conf)#snmp-server location MAA_LAB Dell(conf)#do show running-config snmp ! snmp-server community public ro snmp-server location MAA_LAB Related Commands show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration.
snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command.
Related Commands snmp-server community — sets the community string. snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server user name { group_name remote ip-address udp-port.
encrypted (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword encrypted to specify the password appear in encrypted format (a series of digits, masking the true characters of the string). auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP.
To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oid- tree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters).
snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down. Z9500 Syntax snmp trap link-status To disable sending link trap messages, use the no snmp trap link-status command. Defaults Enabled.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer. Z9500 Syntax default logging buffered Defaults size = 40960; level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Related Commands logging console — sets the logging console parameters.
default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. Z9500 Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
hostname Enter the name of a host already configured and recognized by the switch. udp Enter the keyword udp to enable transmission of log message over UDP followed by port number. The default port is 514 tcp Enter the keyword tcp to enable transmission of log message over TCP followed by port number.
logging buffered Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer. By default, all messages are logged to the internal buffer. Z9500 Syntax logging buffered [ level ] [ size ] To return to the default values, use the default logging buffered command.
Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging buffered — returns the logging buffered parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging console Specify which messages are logged to the console.
default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging extended Logs security and audit events to a system log server.
logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. Z9500 Syntax logging facility [ facility-type ] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Usage Information When the number of messages reach the limit you set with the logging history size command, older messages are deleted as newer ones are added to the table. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer.
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. Z9500 Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command.
logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. Z9500 Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Syslog messages contain the IP address of the interface used to egress the router. By configuring the logging source-interface command, the Syslog packets contain the IP address of the interface configured.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you enable logging synchronous , unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number.
Example Dell(conf)# logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) Dell(conf)# logging version 1 show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch.
(40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 172.16.1.162 Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Feb 18 01:17:32: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.
Example (History) Dell#show logging history Syslog History Table: 1 maximum table entries, saving level warnings or higher SNMP notifications not Enabled Feb 18 01:16:57: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-3- AUTHENTICATION_ENABLE_SUCCESS: Enable password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.
linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card ports for which you want to display the driver log. The range of line-card slot IDs is from 0 to 2. defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
9:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:28 isfanout:0 10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 35]SS DRV DEBUG: port:32 isfanout:0 Usage Information This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe.
failed addr=0x20 cmd_reg=0xf rv=5 00:00:43:418634:PCI unit 0: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418655:PCI unit 1: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver BCM5.
1d 02:26:50:179846:qsfp-6 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 24 1d 02:26:50:187498:qsfp-7 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 23 1d 02:26:50:202989:qsfp-11 eeprom attempting to read on .
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Related Commands logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal.
51 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating system. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option %SYSTEM-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID <oid> RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD SNMP NONE %SYSTEM-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RI.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP ENVMON TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_TEMP: Minor alarm: chassis temperature CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEM.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option %CHMGR-5-FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are good TME_TASK_SUSPEND ENVMON NONE %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d - inst: %d - task:%s TME_TAS.
52 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S- Series).
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series. Usage Information Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against the broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter.
storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Z9500 Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [ packets_per_second in] To disable storm control for unknown-unicast traffic, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [ packets_per_second in] command.
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). Z9500 Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [ percentage decimal_value .
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option.
53 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Z9500 Syntax bridge-priority { priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value.
debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax debug spanning-tree { stp-id [all | bpdu | config | events | exceptions | general | root] | protocol } To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you enable debug spanning-tree bpdu for multiple interfaces, the software only sends information on BPDUs for the last interface specified.
disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the system waits before transitioning STP to the Forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds . Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to only the number of ports in the spanning tree group and their state. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Field Description “Timers” Lists the values for the following bridge timers: hold time, topology change, hello time, max age, and forward delay. “Times” List the number of seconds since the last: • hello time • topology change • notification • aging “Port 1.
Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.28 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.
spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series.
54 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year.
start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year.
clock summer-time recurring Set the software clock to convert to daylight saving time on a specific day each year. Z9500 Syntax clock summer-time time-zone recurring [ start-week start-day start-month.
end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period.
clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. Z9500 Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezone- name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces.
debug ntp Display network time protocol (NTP) transactions and protocol messages for troubleshooting. Z9500 Syntax debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | s.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. Z9500 Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command.
ntp authentication-key Specify a key for authenticating the NTP server. Z9500 Syntax ntp authentication-key number md5 [0 | 7] key Parameters number Specify a number for the authentication key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. This number must be the same as the number parameter configured in the ntp trusted-key command.
The Dell Networking OS versions 8.2.1.0 and later use an encryption algorithm to store the authentication key that is different from previous versions; beginning in version 8.2.1.0, the system uses DES encryption to store the key in the startup- config when you enter the ntp authentication-key command.
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• 224.0.1.1 is configured if the interface address is IPv4 • ff05::101 is configured if the interface address is IPv6 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host. Z9500 Syntax ntp server { hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address } [key keyid ] [prefer] [version number ] Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter an IPv4 address (A.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure multiple time-serving hosts (up to 250). From these time- serving hosts, the system chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize. To determine which server was selected, use the show ntp associations command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command. If you change the ntp authentication-key command, you must also change the ntp trusted-key command.
Example (Detail) Dell#show clock detail 12:18:10.691 UTC Wed Jan 7 2009 Time source is RTC hardware Summer time starts 02:00:00 UTC Sun Mar 8 2009 Summer time ends 02:00:00 ABC Sun Nov 1 2009 Dell# Related Commands clock summer-time recurring — displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock.
Field Description • * means synchronized to this peer. • # means almost synchronized to this peer. • + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization. • - means the peer is a candidate for selection. • ~ means the peer is statically configured.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below.
55 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and specify the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Z9500 Syntax ip unnumbered {interface-type slot/port} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ip unnumbered command.
NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface status is not changed to operationally up until the logical IP address is identified from the address family.
tunnel allow-remote Configure the remote IPv4 or IPv6 addresses whose tunneled packets are accepted for decapsulation. If you do not configure an allow-remote address, tunneled packets from all remote peer addresses are accepted.
tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel. Syntax tunnel destination { ip-address | ipv6–address } To delete a tunnel destination address, use the no tunnel destination { ip- address | ipv6–address } command. Parameters ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel.
value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63. The default value of 0 denotes mapping of original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. Usage Information This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header. tunnel hop-limit Configure the method to set the IPv4 time-to-live or the IPv6 hop limit value in the outer tunnel header.
tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts. Syntax tunnel keepalive { ip-address | ipv6-address }[interval { seconds }] [attempts { count | unlimited}] To disable the tunnel keepalive probes use the no tunnel keepalive command.
into a keepalive down state that does not clear in a few seconds, then performing shutdown - no shutdown sequence on one end should bring both ends back to up. tunnel-mode Enable a tunnel interface. . Syntax tunnel mode { ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip }[ decapsulate-any ] To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command.
Configuration of IPv6 commands over decapsulate-any tunnel causes an error. tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. Syntax tunnel source { ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-type- number | anylocal} To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command.
allows the multipoint receive-only tunnel to decapsulate tunnel packets addressed to any IPv4 or IPv6 (depending on the tunnel mode) address configured on the switch that is operationally Up .
56 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. Related Commands clear ufd-disable — re-enables downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group.
downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. Z9500 Syntax downstream interface To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no downstream interface command.
You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both.
• uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down.
Related Commands • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. enable Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific UFD group.
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. Z9500 Syntax show running-config uplink-state-group [ group-id ] Parameters group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group.
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. Z9500 Syntax show uplink-state-group [ group-id ] [detail] Parameters group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
1/5(Up) Te 1/6(Up) Uplink State Group : 5 Status: Enabled, Down Upstream Interfaces : Te 0/0(Dwn) Te 0/3(Dwn) Te 0/5(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 1/2(Dis) Te 1/4(Dis) Te 1/11(Dis) Te 1/12(Dis) Te 1.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. Usage Information After you enter the command, to assign upstream and downstream interfaces to the group, enter Uplink-State-Group Configuration mode.
• 40-Gigabit Ethernet: fortyGigE { slot/port | slot/port-range } • Port channel: port-channel { 1-512 | port- channel-range } Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: tengigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port- channel 1-3,5 .
57 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration. Z9500 Syntax member interface To remove an interface from a Stackable VLAN, use the no member interface command.
peer-domain-link port-channel exclude-vlan Configure proxy-gateway LLDP, specify a port-channel and a VLAN or range of VLANs, and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing.
vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack access To remove access port designation, use the no vlan-stack access command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts.
You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100 . Defaults 0x9100 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlan- stack trunk command. Defaults Not configured.
In Example 1, a VLAN-Stack trunk port is configured and then also made part of a single-tagged VLAN. In Example 2, the tag protocol identifier (TPID) is set to 8848.
Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)#member Te 0/0, Te 1/0, Te 2/10 Dell(conf-if-v.
untagged port-channel Specify un-tagged VLAN ports. Z9500 Syntax untagged port-channel port-channel-number To remove un-tagged VLAN ports, use the no untagged port-channel port- channel-number command. Parameters port-channel- number Enter the port-channel number.
58 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. ip vrf Creates a customer VRF. Syntax ip vrf { vrf-name | management} [ vrf_id ] To delete a customer VRF, use the no ip vrf { vrf-name | management } [ vrf_id ] command.
creating a management VRF. For other types of VRFs, VRF ID is an optional parameter. All values in the valid range that are not already taken are allowed.
To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. Defaults None.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to attach an interface to a configured VRF. You can attach an interface to either a non-default VRF or a management VRF.
Parameters route-export Enter the keyword to leak or share routes between VRFs. tag Enter a tag (export route target) to expose routes to other VRFs. This tag acts as an identifier for exported routes. You can use this identifier while importing these routes into another non-default VRF.
ip route-import Imports IPv4 routes that are leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during export of these routes. Syntax ip route-import tag [ route-map —name] Parameters route-import Enter the keyword route-import to import routes into the VRF.
ipv6 route-export Enables route leaking between VRFs. Exports or shares IPv6 routes corresponding to one VRF with other non-default VRFs. Syntax ipv6 route-export tag [ route-map-name ] Parameters route-export Enter the keyword route-export to leak or share routes between VRFs.
filtering options to match BGP, the BGP route is not leaked as that route is not active in the Source VRF. Related Commands ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. ipv6 route-import Imports IPv6 routes that are leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during export of these routes.
The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that are configured in the route-maps are ignored. Related Commands ipv6 route-export – exports IPv6 routes to another VRF. match source-protocol Enables you to specify matching criteria while exporting or importing routes.
Related Commands ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. redistribute Redistributes leaked or exported routes corresponding to specific protocols.
Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-VRF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Ma 0/0, Ma 1/0, Ma 2/0, Ma 3/0, Ma 4/0, Ma 5/0, Ma 6/0, Ma 7/0, Ma 8/0, Ma 9/0, Ma 10/0, Ma 11/0, Nu 0, Vl 1 test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 test2 2 Te 0/15 management 64 FTOS#show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system.
Example Dell#show run vrf test3 ! ip vrf test3 description "Banking Customer Chennai" Related Commands Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 1849.
59 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core.
ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format. interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ndp Clear the VLT statistics for NDP. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810.
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter.
peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/IPV4. If not configured, peer-routing will not be disabled at all even though the peer is unavailable.
Default 32768 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The version shown in the show vlt brief output command displays the VLT version number which is different from the Dell Networking OS version number.
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell_VLTpeer1# show vlt backup-link VLT Backup Link ----------------- Destination: 10.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac , the output displays all of the counters.
show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only.
Example Dell#show vlt mismatch Domain ------- Parameters Local Peer ---------- ----- ----- Unit-ID 0 1 Vlan-config ------------ Vlan-ID Local Mode Peer Mode ------- ---------- --------- 100 -- L3 Vlan.
--------- -------- ----------- ---------- 128 128 4094 100 Dell# show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Version Description 9.
show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. Syntax show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] Parameters domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address.
HeartBeat Messages Sent: 930 HeartBeat Messages Received: 909 ICL Hello's Sent: 927 ICL Hello's Received: 910 Domain Mismatch Errors: 0 Version Mismatch Errors: 0 Config Mismatch Errors: 0 V.
show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 1874 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT).
60 VLT Proxy Gateway You can configure a proxy gateway in VLT domains. A proxy gateway enables you to locally route the packets that are destined to a L3 endpoint in another VLT domain. proxy-gateway lldp Configure the LLDP proxy gateway Z9500 Syntax proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway lldp proxy-gateway static Configure the VLT static proxy gateway Z9500 Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500.
mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination.
vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Version Description 9.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information In a square VLT topology with only one link connecting remote peers, a node must stop sending its VLT peer MAC address ("vlt-peer-mac transmit" enabled) when the VLT peer is down.
show vlt-proxy-gateway Display the VLT proxy gateway configuration. Z9500 Syntax show vlt-proxy-gateway info {lldp | static} Parameters lldp Display details about the LLDP VLT proxy gateway configurat.
----- ----------- ------------ Po 55 00:01:e8:8a:e8:f7 3,7-8 << Macs learnt via port-channel 55 Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 3,7-8 VLT Proxy Gateway 1881.
61 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system on Dell Networking OS. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements.
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for centisecs on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes.. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to enable debugging for IPv6. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes.
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual-address command and enter no disable . Related Commands virtual-address — specifies the IP address of the virtual router. hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router.
Usage Information If a switch is a MASTER and you change the hold timer, disable and re-enable VRRP for the new hold timer value to take effect. Related Commands disable — disables a VRRP group. preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, permit a BACKUP router with a higher priority value.
Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority. Enter 255 only if the router’s virtual address is the same as the interface’s primary IP address (that is, the router is the OWNER). The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 100 . Defaults 100 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to view only VRRP IPv6 groups. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Item Description • NA/IF (the interface is not available). • MASTER (the interface associated with the MASTER router). • BACKUP (the interface associated with the BACKUP router). Master addr Displays the IP address of the MASTER router. Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface.
Item Description • Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. • Gratuitous ARP sent displays the number of gratuitous ARPs sent. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected.
version Set VRRP protocol version for IPv4 group. Syntax version {2 | 3 | both} To return to the default setting, use the no version command. Parameters 2 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 2 as defined by RFC 3768, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol.
Dell(conf-if-te-0/0-vrid-100)#version 3 virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [ .
Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command.
• When an interface comes up, whether as part of a system reload or an interface reload, the system waits 300 seconds (5 minutes) to bring up VRRP on that interface. Related Command vrrp delay reload — sets the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot.
Related Command vrrp delay minimum — sets the delay time for VRRP initialization after a line card reboot. vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups per interface. Z9500 Syntax vrrp-group vrrp-id Parameters vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID.
IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands. • clear counters vrrp ipv6 • debug vrrp ipv6 • show vrrp ipv6 • vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • adve.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Line Beginning with Description • Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Een belangrijk punt na aankoop van elk apparaat Dell 9.8(0.0) (of zelfs voordat je het koopt) is om de handleiding te lezen. Dit moeten wij doen vanwege een paar simpele redenen:
Als u nog geen Dell 9.8(0.0) heb gekocht dan nu is een goed moment om kennis te maken met de basisgegevens van het product. Eerst kijk dan naar de eerste pagina\'s van de handleiding, die je hierboven vindt. Je moet daar de belangrijkste technische gegevens Dell 9.8(0.0) vinden. Op dit manier kan je controleren of het apparaat aan jouw behoeften voldoet. Op de volgende pagina's van de handleiding Dell 9.8(0.0) leer je over alle kenmerken van het product en krijg je informatie over de werking. De informatie die je over Dell 9.8(0.0) krijgt, zal je zeker helpen om een besluit over de aankoop te nemen.
In een situatie waarin je al een beziter van Dell 9.8(0.0) bent, maar toch heb je de instructies niet gelezen, moet je het doen voor de hierboven beschreven redenen. Je zult dan weten of je goed de alle beschikbare functies heb gebruikt, en of je fouten heb gemaakt die het leven van de Dell 9.8(0.0) kunnen verkorten.
Maar de belangrijkste taak van de handleiding is om de gebruiker bij het oplossen van problemen te helpen met Dell 9.8(0.0) . Bijna altijd, zal je daar het vinden Troubleshooting met de meest voorkomende storingen en defecten #MANUAl# samen met de instructies over hun opplosinge. Zelfs als je zelf niet kan om het probleem op te lossen, zal de instructie je de weg wijzen naar verdere andere procedure, bijv. door contact met de klantenservice of het dichtstbijzijnde servicecentrum.
